annotate lisp/loaddefs.el @ 29419:b82691dc560e

(make-autoload): Other typo. I'm getting tired.
author Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
date Mon, 05 Jun 2000 06:37:11 +0000
parents c5964d5c6afa
children ca9466e54ffe
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2 ;;
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
3 ;;; Code:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11 Play 5x5.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14 squares you must fill the grid.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
30
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
33
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
36
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
39
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
42 mutating the result." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
43
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
46
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
51
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
52 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
53
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
55 ;;;;;; (14360 11474))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
57
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
61 extensions.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
63 name" nil nil)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
64
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
67
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
69
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
72
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
75
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
78
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
80
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
83
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
86
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
92
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
93 If you use imenu.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
95
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
96 If you use find-file.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
107
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
108 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
109
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
111 ;;;;;; (14360 11651))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
113
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
117 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
118
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
120 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
121 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name)
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
122 ;;;;;; "add-log" "add-log.el" (14565 55609))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
149 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
151 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
152 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
153 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
154 name and site.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
156 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
157 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
158 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
159 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
160 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
162 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
163 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
165 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
166 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
167 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
168 name and site.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
169 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
170 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
172 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
173 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
175 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
176 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
177 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
178 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
179 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
180 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
182 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
183 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
185 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
186 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
188 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
189 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
191 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
192 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
194 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
195 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
197 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
198 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
199 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
200 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
201 `add-log-current-defun-function'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
203 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
204
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
205 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
206 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
207 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
208 the appropriate motion commands).
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
209
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
210 Entries are inserted in chronological order.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
211
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
212 Both the current and old-style time formats for entries are supported,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
213 so this command could be used to convert old-style logs by merging
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
214 with an empty log." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
215
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
216 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
218 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
219 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14410
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
220 ;;;;;; 19111))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
221 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
223 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
224 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
225 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
226 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
227 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
228 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
229 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
230 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
231 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
232 interpreted as `error'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
234 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
235 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
236 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
237 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
238 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
239 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
240 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
241 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
243 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
244 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
245 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
246 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
247 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
248 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
249 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
250 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
251 will be overwritten with the new one.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
252 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
253 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
254 will clear the cache." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
256 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
257 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
258 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
260 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
261 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
262 BODY... )
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
264 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
265 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
266 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
267 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
268 see also `ad-add-advice'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
269 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
270 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
271 before/around/after-advices will be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
272 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
273 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
274 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
275 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
276 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
277 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
279 Semantics of the various flags:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
280 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
281 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
282 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
284 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
285 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
287 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
288 advised function should be compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
289
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
290 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
291 during activation until somebody enables it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
293 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
294 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
295 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
296 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
298 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
299 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
300 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
301 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
302 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
303 during preloading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
304
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
305 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
307 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
308
27327
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
309 ;;;### (autoloads (align-unhighlight-rule align-highlight-rule align-current
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
310 ;;;;;; align-entire align-regexp align) "align" "align.el" (14463
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
311 ;;;;;; 7197))
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
312 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
313
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
314 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
315 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
316 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
317 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
318 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
319 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
320 rule's `separate' attribute).
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
321
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
322 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
323 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
324 `separate' attribute set.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
325
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
326 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
327 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
328 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
329 on the format of these lists." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
330
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
331 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
332 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
333 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
334 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
335 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
336 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
337 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
338 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
339 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
340 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
341 options.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
342
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
343 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
344 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
345
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
346 Fred (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
347 Alice (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
348 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
349 Joe (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
350
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
351 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
352 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
353 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
354
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
355 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
356 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
357 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
358 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
359 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
360 align that section." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
361
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
362 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
363 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
364 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
365 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
366 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
367 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
368 been used to align that section." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
369
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
370 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
371 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
372 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
373 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
374 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
375 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
376 to be colored." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
377
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
378 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
379 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
380
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
381 ;;;***
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
382
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
383 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
384 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14619 61800))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
385 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
386 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
388 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
389 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
390 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
391 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
392 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
393 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
395 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
397 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
399 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
401 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
402
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
403 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el"
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
404 ;;;;;; (14431 34774))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
406
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
407 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
408 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
409 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
410
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
411 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
412 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
413 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
414
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
415 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
416
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
417 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
418 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
419 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
420 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14563 8413))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
421 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
423 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
424 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
425 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
426 as the first thing on a line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
428 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
429 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
431 (defvar appt-audible t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
432 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
434 (defvar appt-visible t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
435 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
437 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
438 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
440 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
441 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
443 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
444 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
446 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
447 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
448 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
450 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
451 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
452 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
454 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
455 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
456
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
457 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
458 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
459 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
460 put in the appointments list.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
461 02/23/89
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
462 12:00pm lunch
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
463 Wednesday
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
464 10:00am group meeting
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
465 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
466 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
467 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
469 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
471 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
472 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14617
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
473 ;;;;;; 51641))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
474 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
475
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
476 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
477 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
478
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
479 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
480
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
481 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
482 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
483 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
484 normal variables." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
486 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
488 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
489 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
490 With optional prefix ARG, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
491 noninteractive functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
493 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
494 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
496 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
497 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
498 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
499 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
500 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
502 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
503 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
504 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
505 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
506 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
508 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
509 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
510 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
511 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
512 bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
513 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
515 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
516
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
517 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14539
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
518 ;;;;;; 44524))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
519 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
521 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
522 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
523 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
524 Letters no longer insert themselves.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
525 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
526 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
528 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
529 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
530 archive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
532 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
534 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
535
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
536 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14460 38616))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
537 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
539 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
540 Major mode for editing arrays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
542 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
543 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
544 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
545
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
546 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
548 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
549 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
550 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
552 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
553 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
554 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
555 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
556 The variables are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
558 Variables you assign:
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
559 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
560 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
561 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
562 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
563 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
564 row numbers in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
566 Variables which are calculated:
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
567 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
568 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
570 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
571 take a numeric prefix argument):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
573 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
574 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
575 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
576 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
578 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
579 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
580 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
581 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
583 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
584 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
585 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
586 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
588 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
589 between that of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
591 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
592 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
594 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
595 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
596 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
597 newlines inside rows)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
599 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
601 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
603 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
604
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
605 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
606 ;;;;;; 393))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
607 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
609 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
610 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
611 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
613 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
614 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
615 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
616 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
618 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
619 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
621 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
622 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
624 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
626 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
627 \\{asm-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
628 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
630 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
632 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
633 ;;;;;; (14516 149))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
634 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
636 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
637 Obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
639 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
640 This command is obsolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
642 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
643
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
644 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
645 ;;;;;; (14622 51307))
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
646 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
647
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
648 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
649 Toggle Autoarg mode.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
650
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
651 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
652
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
653 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
654
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
655 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg))
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
656
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
657 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
658 Toggle Autoarg mode minor mode globally.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
659 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
660 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
661 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
662 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
663 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
664 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
665 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
666 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
667
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
668 For example:
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
669 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
670 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
671 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
672 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
673 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
674
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
675 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
676
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
677 ;;;***
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
678
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
679 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
680 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
682
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
683 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
684 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
685
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
686 ;;;***
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
687
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
688 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
689 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14410 18534))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
690 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
692 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
693 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
694 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
696 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
697 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
698 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
699 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
701 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
702 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
703 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
704 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
705
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
706 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
707 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
709 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
711 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
712 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
713 ;;;;;; (14563 8438))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
714 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
716 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
717 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
718 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
720 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
721 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
722 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
724 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
725 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
726 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
728 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
730 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
731 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
732 ;;;;;; (14495 17959))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
733 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
734
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
735 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
736 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
737
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
738 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
739 instead.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
740
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
741 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
742 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
743
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
744 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
745 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
746
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
747 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
748
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
749 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
750
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
751 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
752 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
754 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
755 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
756 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
758 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
759 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
761 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
762 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
764 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
765 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
767 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
768 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
769 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
771 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
772
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
773 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
774 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14539 53646))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
775 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
776
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
777 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
778 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
779 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
780 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
781 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
782
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
783 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
784
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
785 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
786
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
787 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
788 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
789 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
790 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
792 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
793 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
794 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
796 Effects of the different modes:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
797 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
798 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
799 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
800 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
801 a random distance & direction.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
802 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
803 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
804 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
806 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
808 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
809 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
810 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
812 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
813
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
814 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14546
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
815 ;;;;;; 45178))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
816 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
818 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
819 Major mode for editing AWK code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
820 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
821 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
822 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
824 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
825 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
827 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
829 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
830 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
831 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
833 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
834 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
836 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
837 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
839 For example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
841 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
842 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
843 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
844 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
846 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
848 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
850 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
852 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
853 ;;;;;; (14422 6418))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
856 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
857 Display battery status information in the echo area.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
858 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
859 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
861 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
862 Display battery status information in the mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
863 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
864 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
865 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
866 seconds." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
868 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
869
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
870 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14504
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
871 ;;;;;; 9460))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
872 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
874 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
875 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
877 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
878 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
879 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
880 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
881 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
884 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
886 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
887 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
888 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
889 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
890 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
892 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
893 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
894 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
895 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
896 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
897 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
899 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
900 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
901 BibTeX mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
904 Special information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
906 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
908 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
909 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
910 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
911 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
912 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
913 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
914 current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
915 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
916 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
918 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
919 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
920 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
921 bibtex-entry-format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
922 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
923 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
924 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
925
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
926 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
927 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
929 The following may be of interest as well:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
931 Functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
932 bibtex-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
933 bibtex-kill-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
934 bibtex-yank-pop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
935 bibtex-pop-previous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
936 bibtex-pop-next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
937 bibtex-complete-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
938 bibtex-complete-key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
939 bibtex-print-help-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
940 bibtex-generate-autokey
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
941 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
942 bibtex-end-of-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
943 bibtex-reposition-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
944 bibtex-mark-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
945 bibtex-ispell-abstract
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
946 bibtex-ispell-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
947 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
948 bibtex-sort-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
949 bibtex-validate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
950 bibtex-count
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
951 bibtex-fill-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
952 bibtex-reformat
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
953 bibtex-convert-alien
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
955 Variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
956 bibtex-field-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
957 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
958 bibtex-include-OPTkey
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
959 bibtex-user-optional-fields
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
960 bibtex-entry-format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
961 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
962 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
963 bibtex-entry-field-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
964 bibtex-predefined-strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
965 bibtex-string-files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
967 ---------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
968 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
969 non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
971 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
973 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
975 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
976 ;;;;;; 27947))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
977 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
979 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
980 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
981 the default is 4.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
983 What is blackbox?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
985 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
986 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
987 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
988 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
989 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
990 your score.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
992 Overview of play:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
994 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
995 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
996 four.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
998 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
999 movement keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1001 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1002 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1004 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1005 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1007 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1008 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1009 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1010 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1011 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1012 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1014 Details:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1016 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1018 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1019 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1020 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1021 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1023 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1024 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1025 denoted by the letter `R'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1027 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1028 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1029 denoted by the letter `H'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1031 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1032 example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1034 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1035 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1036 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1037 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1038 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1039 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1040 ray.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1042 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1043 degree deflection it causes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1045 1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1046 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1047 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1048 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1049 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1050 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1051 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1052 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1053 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1054 2 3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1056 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1057 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1060 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1061 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1062 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1063 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1064 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1065 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1066 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1067 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1069 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1070 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1071 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1072 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1073 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1074 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1075 emerging from the box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1077 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1078
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1079 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1080 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1081 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1082 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1083 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1084 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1085 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1086 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1088 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1089 a reflection." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1091 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1093 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1094 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1095 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1096 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1097 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
1098 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14531 42950))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1099 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1100 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1101 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1102 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1104 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1105 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1106 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1107 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1108 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1109 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1111 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1113 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1115 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1117 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1119 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1121 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1123 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1125 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1127 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1129 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1131 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1133 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1134
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1135 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1137 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1139 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1140 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1141 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1142 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1143 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1144 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1145 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1146 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1147 recent one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1149 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1150 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1151 yank successive words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1153 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1154 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1155 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1156 name of the file being visited.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1158 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1159 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1160 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1162 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1163 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1164 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1165 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1166 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1167 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1169 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1170 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1171 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1172 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1174 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1175 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1176 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1177 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1178 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1180 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1181 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1182 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1183 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1185 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1187 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1188 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1189 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1190 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1192 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1193 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1194 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1196 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1197 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1198 name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1200 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1201 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1202 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1203 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1204 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1205 this." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1207 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1208 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1209 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1210 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1211 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1212 one most recently used in this file, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1213 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1214 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1216 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1217 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1218 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1220 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1221 Save currently defined bookmarks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1222 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1223 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1224 \(second argument).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1226 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1227 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1228 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1229 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1230 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1232 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1233 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1234 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1235 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1237 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1238 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1239 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1240 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1241 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1242 while loading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1244 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1245 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1246 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1247 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1248 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1249 explicitly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1251 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1252 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1253 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1254 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1256 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1257 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1258 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1259 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1260 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1262 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1264 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1266 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1267 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1268 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1269 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1270 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1271 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1273 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1274 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1275 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1277 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1278 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1279 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1280 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1281 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1282 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1284 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1285 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1286 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1288 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1289 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1290 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1292 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1293 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1294 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1296 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1297 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1298 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1299 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1300 prompts for NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1301 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1302 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1303 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1305 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1306 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1307 name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1309 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1310 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1311 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1313 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1314 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1315 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1316 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1317 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1318 one most recently used in this file, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1320 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1321 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1322 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1324 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1326 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1328 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1330 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1331
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1332 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1334 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1336 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1338 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1340 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1342 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1344 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1346 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1348 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1350 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1351 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1352 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1353 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1354 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1355 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1356 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
1357 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
1358 ;;;;;; (14558 23455))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
1359 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1361 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1362 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1363 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1364 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1366 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1367 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1368 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1369 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1370 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1372 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1373 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1374 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1375 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1376 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1378 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1379 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1381 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1382 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1383 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1385 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1386 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1388 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1389 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1390 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1391 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1392 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1393 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1395 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1396 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1397 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1398 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1399 narrowed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1401 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1402 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1404 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1405 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1407 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1408 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1409 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1410 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1412 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1413 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1414 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1415 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1417 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1418 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1419 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1420 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1421 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1422 to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1424 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1425 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1427 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1428 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1430 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1431 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1432 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1433 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1435 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1436 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1438 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1439 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1441 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1442 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1443 program is invoked according to the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1444 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1446 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1447 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1448 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1449 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1451 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1452 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1454 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1455 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1456 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1458 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1459 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1460 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1461 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1463 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1464 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1465 Default to the URL around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1467 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1468 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1469 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1471 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1472 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1473 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1474 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1476 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1477 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1479 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1480 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1481 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1483 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1484 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1485 Default to the URL around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1487 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1488 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1489 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1491 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1492 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1494 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1495 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1496 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1497 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1499 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1500 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1501 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1502 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1503 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1505 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1506 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1507 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1508 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1510 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1511 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1512 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1513 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1515 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1516 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1518 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1519 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1520 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1522 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1523 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1524 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1525 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1526 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1527 current one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1529 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1530 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1531 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1532 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1534 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1535 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1537 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1538 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1539 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1540 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1541 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1542 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1544 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1546 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1547 ;;;;;; 42538))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1548 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1550 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1551 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1553 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1554 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1556 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1557
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1558 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1559 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14495 17961))
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1560 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1561
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1562 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1563 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1564 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1565 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1566
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1567 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1568 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1569 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1570 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1571
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1572 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1573 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1574
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1575 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1576 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffer list or buffers itself.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1577 \\<bs-mode-map>
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1578 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1579 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1580 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1581 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1582
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1583 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1584 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1585 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1586 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1587 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1588
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1589 ;;;***
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1590
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1591 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1592 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1593 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
1594 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14564 35790))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1595 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1597 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1598 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1599 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1601 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1602 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1603 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1604 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1606 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1607 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1608 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1609 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1611 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1613 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1614 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1616 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1617 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1618 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1619 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1620 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1622 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1623 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1624 Print the result in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1625 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1627 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1628 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1629 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1631 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1632 Display a call graph of a specified file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1633 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1634 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1635 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1636 all functions called by those functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1638 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1639 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1640 cons, etc.).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1642 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1643 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1644 invoked interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1646 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1647 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1648 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1649 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1650 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1651 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1653 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1654 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1655 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1656 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1658 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1663 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1665 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1667 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1669 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1670 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1671 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1673 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1674 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1675 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1676 from the cursor position." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1678 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1679
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1680 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14511
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1681 ;;;;;; 60346))
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1682 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1683
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1684 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1685 Run the pocket calculator.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1686 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1687
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1688 ;;;***
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1689
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1690 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1691 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1692 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1693 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1694 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1695 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1696 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1697 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1698 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1699 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1700 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1701 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1702 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1703 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1704 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1705 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
1706 ;;;;;; (14393 15349))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1707 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1709 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1710 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1711 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1713 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1714 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1715 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1716 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1717 the screen.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1719 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1720 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1721 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1722 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1723 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1725 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1726 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1727 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1728 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1729 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1730 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1731 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1733 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1734 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1735 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1736 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1737 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1739 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1740 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1741 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1743 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1744 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1745 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1746
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1747 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1748 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1749 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1750
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1751 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1752 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1753 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1754 displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1756 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1757 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1758 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1760 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1761 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1762 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1764 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1766 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1767 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1768 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1770 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1771 calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1773 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1774 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1775 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1777 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1778 calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1780 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1781 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1782 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1784 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1785 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1786 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1787 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1788 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1790 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1791 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1792 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1793 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1794 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1795 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1796 a function is also provided for this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1797 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1799 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1800 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1801 date is not visible in the window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1803 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1804 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1805 functions that move by days and weeks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1807 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1808 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1810 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1811 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1812 date is visible in the window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1814 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1815 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1816 functions that move by days and weeks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1817
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1818 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1819 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1820
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1821 For example,
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1822
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1823 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1824
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1825 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1826
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1827 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1828 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1830 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1832 MONTH/DAY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1833 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1834 MONTHNAME DAY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1835 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1836 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1838 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1839 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1840 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1841 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1842 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1843 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1844 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1845 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1846 respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1848 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1849 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1850 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1852 DAY/MONTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1853 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1854 DAY MONTHNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1855 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1856 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1858 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1859 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1861 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1862 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1863 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1864 window but will appear in a diary window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1866 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1867 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1869 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1870 entries (in the default American style):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1872 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1873 &1/1. Happy New Year!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1874 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1875 21: Payday
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1876 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1877 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1878 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1879 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1880 mar 16 Dad's birthday
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1881 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1882 &* 15 time cards due.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1884 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1885 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1886 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1887 single diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1889 02/11/1989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1890 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1891 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1892 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1893 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1894 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1895 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1897 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1898 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1899 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1901 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1903 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1905 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1906 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1907 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1908 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1909 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1910 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1911 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1912 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1913 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1915 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1916 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1917 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1918 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1919 for these functions for details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1921 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1922 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1924 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1925 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1927 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1928 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1930 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1931 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1933 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1934 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1935 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1937 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1938 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1939 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1941 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1942 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1943 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1944 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1946 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1947 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1948 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1949 1990. The accepted European date styles are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1951 DAY/MONTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1952 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1953 DAY MONTHNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1954 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1955 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1957 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1958 characters with or without a period.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1960 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1961 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1962 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1963
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1964 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1965 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1966 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1968 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1969 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1970 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1972 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1973 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1974 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1976 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1977 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1978 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1979 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1980 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1981 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1983 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1984 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1985 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1987 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1988 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1989 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1990 of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1992 #include \"filename\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1994 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1995 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1996 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1997 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1998 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2000 For example, you could use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2002 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2003 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2004 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2006 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2007 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2008 lexicographic order.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2010 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2011 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2012 Can be used for appointment notification.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2014 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2015 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2016 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2017 diary display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2019 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2020 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2021 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2022 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2023 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2024 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2025 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2027 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2028 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2029 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2030 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2031 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2032 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2033 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2034 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2036 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2037 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2038 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2039 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2040 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2041 describes the style of such diary entries.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2043 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2044 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2046 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2047 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2048 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2049 of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2050 #include \"filename\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2051 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2052 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2053 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2054 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2055 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2057 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2058 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2059 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2060 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2061 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2062 describes the style of such diary entries.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2064 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2065 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2066 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2067 are holidays.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2069 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2070 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2071 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2072 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2073 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2075 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2077 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2078 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2079 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2081 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2083 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2084 *Oriental holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2085 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2087 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2089 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2090 *Local holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2091 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2093 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2095 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2096 *User defined holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2097 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2099 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2101 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2103 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2105 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2107 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2109 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2111 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2113 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2115 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2117 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2118 *Jewish holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2119 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2121 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2123 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2124 *Christian holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2125 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2127 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2129 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2130 *Islamic holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2131 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2133 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2134
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2135 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2136 *Sun-related holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2137 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2139 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2141 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2142 The frame set up of the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2143 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2144 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2145 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2146 any other value the current frame is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2148 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2149 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2150 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2152 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2153
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14419 57707))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2157 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2158 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2160 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2161 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2163 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2164 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2166 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2167 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2169 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2170 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2172 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2173 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2175 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2177 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2178 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2179 ;;;;;; (14419 57707))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2180 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2182 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2184 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2185 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2186 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2187 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2188 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2189 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2191 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2193 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2194 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2195 run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2197 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2198 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2200 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2201 Major mode for editing C++ code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2202 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2203 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2204 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2205 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2206 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2208 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2209
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2210 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2211 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2212 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2214 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2215 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2217 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2218 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2219 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2220 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2221 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2222 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2223 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2225 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2227 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2228 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2229 is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2231 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2232 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2234 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2235 Major mode for editing Java code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2236 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2237 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2238 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2239 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2240 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2242 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2244 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2245 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2246 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2247 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2248 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2250 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2251 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2253 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2254 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2255 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2256 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2257 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2258 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2259 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2261 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2263 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2264 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2265 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2267 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2268 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2270 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2271 Major mode for editing Pike code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2272 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2273 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2274 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2275 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2276 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2278 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2280 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2281 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2282 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2284 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2285 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2287 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2289 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2290 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14419 57707))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2291 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2293 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2294 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2295 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2296 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2297 for details of setting up styles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2299 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2300 style name.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2301
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2302 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2303 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2304 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2305 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2306 will be reassigned.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2307
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2308 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2309 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2310 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2312 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2313 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2314 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2315 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2317 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2319 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2320 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2321 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2323 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2324 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2325 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2326 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2327 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2328
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2329 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2330
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14419 57707))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2332 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2334 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2335 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2336 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2337 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2338 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2339
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2340 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2341 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2343 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2344 `infodock'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2346 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2348 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2349 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
2350 ;;;;;; (14543 61454))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2351 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2353 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2354 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2356 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2357 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2359 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2360 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2362 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2363 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2364 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2365 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2366 execution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2368 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2370 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2371 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2372 CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2373 The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2375 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2376 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2377 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2378 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2379 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2380 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2382 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2383 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2384 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2386 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2388 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2389 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2390 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2391 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2392 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2393 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2394 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2395 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
2396 ;;;;;; (14482 54417))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2397 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2399 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2400 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2401 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2402 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2404 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2405 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2406 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2407 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2408 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2409 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2410 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2411 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2413 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2414 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2415 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2416 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2417 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2418 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2419 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2420 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2422 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2423 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2424 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2425 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2426 spacing are all verified." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2428 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2429 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2430 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2431 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2432 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2434 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2435 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2436 Only documentation strings are checked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2437 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2438 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2439 a separate buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2441 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2442 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2443 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2444 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2445 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2447 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2448 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2449 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2450 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2451 if there is one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2452 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2454 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2455 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2456 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2458 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2459 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2460 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2461 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2462 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2464 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2465 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2466 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2467 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2468 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2469 space at the end of each line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2471 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2472 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2473 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2474 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2476 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2477 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2478 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2479 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2481 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2482 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2483 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2484 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2486 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2487 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2488 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2489 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2491 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2492 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2493 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2494 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2496 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2497 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2498 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2499 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2501 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2502 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2503 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2504 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2506 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2507 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2508 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2509 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2511 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2512 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2513 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2514 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2516 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2517 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2518 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2520 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2521 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2522 checking of documentation strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2524 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2526 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2528 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
2529 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (14623
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
2530 ;;;;;; 45987))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2531 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2533 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2534 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2535 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2537 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2538 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2539
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2540 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2541 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2542 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2544 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2545 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2547 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2548
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2549 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2550 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14447 15307))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2551 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2553 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2554 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2555 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2556 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2557 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2558 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2560 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2561 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2562 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2563 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2564 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2566 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2567
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2568 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2569 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2570 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2571 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2572 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2574 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2575 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2576 \\{command-history-map}
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2577
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2578 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2579 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2581 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2582
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
2583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14617 51703))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2584 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2586 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2587 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2588 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2589 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2590 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2591 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2593 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2594 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2596 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2598 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
2599 ;;;;;; (14518 39681))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2600 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2602 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2604 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2606 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2607 ;;;;;; (14368 26241))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2608 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2610 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2611 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2612 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2613 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2615 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2616 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2617 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2619 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2620 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2622 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2623
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
2624 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14535
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
2625 ;;;;;; 44845))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2626 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2628 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2629 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2630 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2631 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2632 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2633 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2634 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2635 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2636
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2637 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2639 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2640 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2641 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14124 8038))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2642 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2644 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2645 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2646 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2647 ASCII table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2649 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2650 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2651 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2652 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2654 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2655 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2656 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2658 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2659 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2660 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2662 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2663 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2664 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2666 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2667 Return an alist of supported codepages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2669 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2670 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2671 for the character set supported by that codepage.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2673 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2674 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2676 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2677 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2679 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2680 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2681 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2683 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2684
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2685 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2686 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
2687 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14619 5053))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2688 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2690 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2691 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2692 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2693 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2694 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2695 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2696 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2697 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2699 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2701 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2702 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2703 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2704 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2705 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2706 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2707
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2708 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2709 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2710 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2711
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2712 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2713
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2714 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2715 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2716 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2717
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2718 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2719
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2720 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2721 Send COMMAND to current process.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2722 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2723 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2725 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2726 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2727 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2728 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2729
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2730 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2732 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2733 ;;;;;; 18289))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2734 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2736 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2737 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2738 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2739 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2741 This command pushes the mark in each window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2742 at the prior location of point in that window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2743 If both windows display the same buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2744 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2745 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2747 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2748 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2749 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2751 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2753 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2754 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2755 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
28939
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
2756 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14625 19427))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2757 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2759 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2760 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2762 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2763 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2765 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2766 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2767 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2768 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2769 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2771 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2772 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2773 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2774 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2775 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2777 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2778 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2779 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2780 describing how the process finished.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2782 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2783 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2784 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2785 and a string describing how the process finished.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2787 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2788 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2789 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2791 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2792 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2793 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2794 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2796 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2797 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2798 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2799 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2801 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2802 and move to the source code that caused it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2804 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2805 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2807 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2808 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2809 Then start the next one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2811 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2812 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2813 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2815 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2816 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2817 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2818 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2819 where grep found matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2821 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2822 easily repeat a grep command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2824 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2825 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2826 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2827 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2829 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2830 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2831 Collect output in a buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2832 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2833 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2835 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2836 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2838 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2839 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2840 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2841 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2842 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2844 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2846 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2847 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2848 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2849 See `compilation-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2850 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2852 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2853 Toggle compilation minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2854 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2855 See `compilation-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2856 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2858 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2859 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2861 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2862 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2864 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2865 negative means move back to previous error messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2866 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2867 and start at the first error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2869 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2870 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2871 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2872 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2873 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2874 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2876 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2877 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2878 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2880 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2881 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2882 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2884 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2886 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2887 ;;;;;; (14393 17619))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2888 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2890 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2891 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2892 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2894 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2895 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2896 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2897 as much as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2899 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2900 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2901 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2902 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2904 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2905 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2906 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2907 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2909 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2911 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
2912 ;;;;;; (14495 17962))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2913 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2915 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2916 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2918 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2919
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2920 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2921 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2922 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
2923 ;;;;;; (14422 57499))
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2924 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2925
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2926 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2927 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2928 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2929 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2930 `make-composition'.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2931
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2932 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2933
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2934 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2935 | | 1:tc or top-center
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2936 | | 2:tr or top-right
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2937 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2938 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2939 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2940 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2941 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2942 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2943
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2944 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2945 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2946 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2947 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2948 be added.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2949
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2950 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2951 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2952 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2953
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2954 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2955 | | |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2956 | global| |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2957 | glyph | |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2958 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2959 +----+--*--+
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2960 | | new |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2961 | |glyph|
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2962 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2963 ")
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2964
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2965 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2966 Compose characters in the current region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2967
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2968 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2969
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2970 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2971 specifying the region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2972
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2973 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2974 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2975
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2976 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2977 of the text in the region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2978
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2979 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2980
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2981 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2982 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2983 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2984 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2985
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2986 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2987 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2988 detail.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2989
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2990 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2991 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2992 text in the composition." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2993
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2994 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2995 Decompose text in the current region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2996
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2997 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2998 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2999
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3000 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3001 Compose characters in string STRING.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3002
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3003 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3004 the characters in it.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3005
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3006 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3007 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3008 STRING respectively.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3009
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3010 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3011 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3012 `compose-region' for more detail.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3013
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3014 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3015 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3016 text in the composition." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3017
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3018 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3019 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3020
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3021 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3022 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3023 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3024 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3025 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3026 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3027 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3028 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3029
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3030 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3031 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3032
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3033 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3034 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3035
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3036 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3037 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3038
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3039 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3040 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3041
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3042 If no composition is found, return nil.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3043
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3044 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3045 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3046
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3047 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3048 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3049 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3050
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3051 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3052
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3053 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3054
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3055 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3056 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3057 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3058
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3059 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3060
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3061 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3062 (put 'composition-function-table 'char-table-extra-slots 0)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3063
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3064 (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3065 Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3066
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3067 Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3068 are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3069 for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3070 with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3071 `compose-chars-after' for more detail.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3072
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3073 This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3074 the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.")
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3075
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3076 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3077 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3078
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3079 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3080 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3081 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3082 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3083 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3084 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3085 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3086 nil.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3087
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3088 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3089 is:
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3090 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3091 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3092
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3093 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3094
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3095 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3096
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3097 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3098 Compose last characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3099 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N),
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3100 where N is the number of characters before point to compose.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3101 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3102 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3103 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3104 after a sequence character events." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3105 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3106
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3107 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3108 Convert CHAR to string.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3109 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3110
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3111 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3112 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3113 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3114
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3115 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3116
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3117 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3118 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (13538 26685))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3119 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3121 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3122 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3123 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3125 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3126 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3127 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3129 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3130 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3131 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3132 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3134 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3135 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3137 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3139 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
3140 ;;;;;; (14463 42213))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3141 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3143 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3144 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3145 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3146 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3147 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3148 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3150 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3151 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3153 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3155 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
3156 ;;;;;; (14456 48530))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3159 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3160 Major mode for editing Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3161 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3162 Tab indents for Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3163 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3164 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3166 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3167 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3168 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3169 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3170 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3171 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3172 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3173 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3174 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3175 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3176 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3177 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3179 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3180
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3181 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3182 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3184 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3186 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3187 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3188 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3189 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3190 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3191 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3192 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3193 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3194 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3196 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3198 bite if angry;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3200 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3201 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3202 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3203 to nil.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3205 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3206 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3207 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3209 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3211 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3212 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3213 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3214 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3215 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3217 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3219 if (A) { B }
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3221 into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3223 B if A;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3225 \\{cperl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3227 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3228 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3229 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3230 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3231 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3232 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3233 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3234 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3235 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3236 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3237 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3238 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3239 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3241 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3242 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3243 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3244 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3245 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3246 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3248 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3249 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3250 man via menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3252 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3253 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3254 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3255 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3256 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3258 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3259 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3260 span the needed amount of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3262 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3263 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3264 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3265 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3267 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3268 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3269 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3270 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3271 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3272 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3273 `cperl-auto-newline'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3274 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3275 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3276 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3277 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3278 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3279 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3280 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3281 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3282 `cperl-indent-level'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3283 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3284 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3285 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3286 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3287 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3288 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3289 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3290 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3291 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3292 `cperl-brace-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3293 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3294 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3295 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3296 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3297 `cperl-label-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3298 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3299 `cperl-min-label-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3300 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3302 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3303 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3304 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3305 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3306 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3308 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3309 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3310 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3311 \(both available from menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3313 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3314 column 0 is indented on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3315 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3317 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3318 with no args.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3320 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3321 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3322 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3324 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3326 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
3327 ;;;;;; (14568 36509))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3330 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3331 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3332 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3333 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3334 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3336 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3337 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3339 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3341 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3342 ;;;;;; (14302 38178))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3343 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3345 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3346 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3347 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3348 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3350 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3351 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3353 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3355 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3357 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3358 Toggle CRiSP emulation minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3359 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3361 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3362
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3363 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
3364 ;;;;;; (14600 8203))
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3365 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3366
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3367 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3368 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3369 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3370 single prompt, optionally using completion.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3371
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3372 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3373 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3374 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3375 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3376
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3377 The default value for the separator character is the value of
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3378 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3379 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3380
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3381 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3382 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3383 'bob', and 'eve'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3384
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3385 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3386 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3387 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3388
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3389 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3390
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3391 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3392 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3393 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3394
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3395 ;;;***
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3396
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3397 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3398 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3399 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3400 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3401 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3402 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3403 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3404 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
3405 ;;;;;; (14599 11147))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3406 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3407 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3409 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3410 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3412 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3413 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3415 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3416 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3417
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3418 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3420 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3421 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3423 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3424 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3426 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3427 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3429 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3430 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3432 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3433 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3434
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3435 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3437 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3438 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3439 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3440 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3442 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3443 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3445 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3446 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3448 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3449 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3450
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3451 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3453 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3454 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3455 User options are structured into \"groups\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3456 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3457 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3459 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3460 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3462 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3463 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3465 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3467 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3468 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3470 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3471 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3472 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3473 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3474 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3476 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3477 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3478 version." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3480 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3482 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3483 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3484 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3486 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3487 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3488 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3490 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3491 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3493 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3494 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3496 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3497 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3499 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3500 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3501 If ALL is `options', include only options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3502 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3503 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3504 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3505 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3507 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3508 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3509 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3511 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3512 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3514 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3515 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3517 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3518 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3519 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3520 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3521 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3522 that option." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3524 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3525 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3526 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3527 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3528 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3529 that option." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3531 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3532 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3534 (defvar custom-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3535 File used for storing customization information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3536 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3537 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3538 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3539
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3540 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3541 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3542 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3543 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3545 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3546 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3548 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3549 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3551 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3552 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3553 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3555 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3556 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3557 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3558 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3559 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3561 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3563 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
3564 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14505 58892))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3565 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3566
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3567 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3568 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3570 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3571 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3572 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3573
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3574 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3576 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3577 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3578 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3580 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3582 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3583
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
3584 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
3585 ;;;;;; (14619 3306))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3586 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3587
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3588 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
3589 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3590
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3591 ;;;***
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3592
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3593 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3594 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14431 15379))
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3596
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3597 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3598 Minor mode that hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3599
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3600 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3601 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3602 C++ modes are included.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3603
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3604 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3605
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3606 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3607 Turn on CWarn mode.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3608
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3609 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3610 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3611
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3612 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3613 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3614
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3615 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3616
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3617 ;;;***
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3618
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3619 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
3620 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
3621 ;;;;;; (14623 45987))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3622 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3624 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3625 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3627 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3628 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3630 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3631 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3632 For readability, the table is slightly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3633 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3635 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3636 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3637 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3638 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3639 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3641 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3643 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
3644 ;;;;;; (14568 46430))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3645 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3647 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3649 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3651 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3652 Completion on current word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3653 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3654 and presents suggestions for completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3656 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3657 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3658 completions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3660 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3661 then it searches *all* buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3663 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3664 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3666 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3667 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3669 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3670 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3671 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3672 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3673 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3675 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3676 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3678 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3679 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3680 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3682 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3683 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3685 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3687 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3689 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
3690 ;;;;;; 38927))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3691 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3693 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3694 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3696 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3697 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3698 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3700 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3701 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3702 Data lines are not indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3704 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3706 \\{dcl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3707 Commands not usually bound to keys:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3709 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3710 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3711 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3712 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3714 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3716 dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3717 Extra indentation within blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3719 dcl-continuation-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3720 Extra indentation for continued lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3722 dcl-margin-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3723 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3725 dcl-margin-label-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3726 Indentation for a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3728 dcl-comment-line-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3729 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3731 dcl-block-begin-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3732 dcl-block-end-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3733 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3734 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3735 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3736 make it possible to define other places to indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3737 Set to nil to disable this feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3739 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3740 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3741 Two such functions are included in the package:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3742 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3743 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3745 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3746 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3747 One such function is included in the package:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3748 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3750 dcl-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3751 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3752 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3753 margin.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3755 dcl-electric-characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3756 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3757 typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3759 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3760 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3761 which words trigger electric indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3763 dcl-tempo-comma
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3764 dcl-tempo-left-paren
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3765 dcl-tempo-right-paren
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3766 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3768 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3769 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3770 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3771 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3773 dcl-imenu-label-labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3774 dcl-imenu-label-goto
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3775 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3776 dcl-imenu-label-call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3777 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3779 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3780 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3781 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3782 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3785 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3787 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3788 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3789 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3790 $ i = 1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3791 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3792 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3793 $ label:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3794 $ if i.eq.1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3795 $ then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3796 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3797 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3798 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3799 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3800 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3801 \"lined up with the command line\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3802 $ type sys$input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3803 Data lines are not indented at all.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3804 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3805 $ endif
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3806 $
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3807 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3808
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3809 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3811 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
3812 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14547 29510))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3813 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3815 (setq debugger (quote debug))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3817 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3818 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3819 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3820 of the evaluator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3821
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3822 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3823 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3824 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3826 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3827 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3828 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3829 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3830 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3831 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3832 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3834 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3835 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3836 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3838 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3840 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3841 ;;;;;; (13875 47403))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3842 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3844 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3845 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3847 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3848 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3849 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3850 Upper-case letters are commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3852 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3853 modify it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3855 The most useful commands are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3856 \\<decipher-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3857 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3858 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3859 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3860 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3861 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3863 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3864
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3865 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3866 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14345 52903))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3867 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3868
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3869 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3870 Prettify all columns in a text region.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3871
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3872 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3873
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3874 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3875 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3876
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3877 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3878
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3879 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3880
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
3881 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14505
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
3882 ;;;;;; 12112))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3883 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3884
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3885 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3886 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3887 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3888 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3889 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3890 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3891
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3892 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3893
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3894 Customization:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3895
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3896 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3897 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3898 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3899 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3900 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3901 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3902 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3903 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3904 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3905 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3906 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3907 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3908 blank line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3909 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3910 Directories to search when finding external units.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3911 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3912 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3913
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3914 Coloring:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3915
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3916 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3917 Face used to color delphi comments.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3918 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3919 Face used to color delphi strings.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3920 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3921 Face used to color delphi keywords.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3922 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3923 Face used to color everything else.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3924
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3925 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3926 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3927
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3928 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3929
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3930 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3931 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14410 18534))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3932 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3934 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3936 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3937 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3938 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3939 positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3941 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3942 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3943 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3944 any selection." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3946 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3947 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3948 See command `delete-selection-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3949 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3950 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3952 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3954 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3956 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3957
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
3958 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "derived.el"
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
3959 ;;;;;; (14552 48685))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3960 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3962 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3963 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3964 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3965 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3966 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3968 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3970 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
3971 ;;;;;; (14598 57772))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3972 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3974 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3975 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3976 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3978 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3979 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3980 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3981 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3983 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3985 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3986 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3987 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3988 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3989 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3990 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
3991 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
3992 ;;;;;; (14623 45988))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3993 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3995 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3996 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3997 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3999 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4000 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4001 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4003 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4004 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4005 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4006 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4008 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4009 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4010 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4011 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4013 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4014 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4016 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4017 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4018 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4019
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4020 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4021 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4023 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4025 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4027 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4029 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4030 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4032 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4034 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4035 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4037 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4039 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4041 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4043 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4045 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
4046 ;;;;;; (14587 2634))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4047 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4049 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4050 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4051 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4052 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4053 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4055 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4056 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4057 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4059 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4060 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4061 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4062 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4064 #!/bin/sh
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4065 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4066 emacs -batch \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4067 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4068 european-calendar-style t \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4069 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4070 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4071 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4073 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4074 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4075 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4076 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4078 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4080 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4081 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4082 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4084 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4085 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4087 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4088 *The command to use to run diff.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4090 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4091 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4092 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4093 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4094 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4096 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4097 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4098 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4099 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4100 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4102 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4103
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4104 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
4105 ;;;;;; (14619 3306))
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4106 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4107
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4108 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4109 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4110 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4111 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4112 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4113 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4114
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4115 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4116 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4117 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4118
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4119 ;;;***
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4120
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4121 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4122 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4123 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4124 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
28939
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4125 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14625 18742))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4126 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4128 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4129 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4130 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4131 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4132 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4134 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4135 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4137 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4138 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4139 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4140 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4141 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4143 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4144 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4146 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4147 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4148 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4149 always set this variable to t.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4151 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4152 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4153 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4154 A value of t means move to first file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4156 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4157 *Controls marking of renamed files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4158 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4159 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4160 are afterward marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4162 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4163 *Controls marking of copied files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4164 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4165 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4167 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4168 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4169 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4170 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4172 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4173 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4174 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4175 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4177 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4178 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4179 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4180 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4182 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4184 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4185 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4186 \(This works on only some systems.)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4187 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4189 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4190 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4191 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4192 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4193 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4194 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4195 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4196 list of files to make directory entries for.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4197 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4198 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4199 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4200 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4202 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4203 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4205 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4206 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4207 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4209 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4210 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4212 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4213 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4215 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4216
28939
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4217 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-query-replace-regexp dired-do-search
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4218 ;;;;;; dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4219 ;;;;;; dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4220 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4221 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4222 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4223 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4224 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4225 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4226 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4227 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4228 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
28939
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4229 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14625 18672))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4230 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4232 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4233 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4234 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4235 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4236 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4237 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4239 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4240 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4241 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4242 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4243 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4244 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4246 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4247 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4248 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4250 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4251 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4253 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4254 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4256 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4257 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4258 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4259 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4261 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4262 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4263 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4264 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4265 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4267 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4269 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4270 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4271 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4272
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4273 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4274 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4275 instead of att the end of the command.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4276
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4277 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4278 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4279 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4281 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4282 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4283
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4284 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4285 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4287 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4288 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4289 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4290 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4291 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4292 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4294 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4296 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4297 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4299 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4300 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4302 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4303 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4305 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4306 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4307 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4308 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4310 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4312 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4314 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4316 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4318 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4320 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4321 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4323 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4324 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4325 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4326 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4327 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4328 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4329 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4331 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4332 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4333 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4334 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4335 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4336 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4338 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4339 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4340 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4341 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4342 and new hard links are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4343 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4345 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4346 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4347 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4348 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4350 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4351 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4352 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4353 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4354 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4355 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4357 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4358 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4360 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4361 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4362 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4364 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4365 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4366 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4368 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4369 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4370 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4372 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4373 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4375 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4376 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4378 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4379 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4380 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4381 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4382 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4383 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4384 this subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4385 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4386
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4387 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4388 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4389 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4390 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4391 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4392 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4393 this subdirectory.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4394 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4395
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4396 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4397 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4398 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4400 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4401 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4402 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4403 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4405 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4406 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4407 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4408 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4410 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4411 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4412 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4414 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4415 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4417 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4418 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4420 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4421 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4422 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4423 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4425 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4426 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4427 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4428 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4430 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4431 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4432 Stops when a match is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4433 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4434
28939
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4435 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4436 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4437 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4438 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4439 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4441 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4442
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
4443 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14523 40402))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4444 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4446 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4447 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4448 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4449 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4450 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4451 buffer and try again." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4453 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4454
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4455 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4456 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4458 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4459 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4460 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4462 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4464 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4465 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4467 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4468 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4469 " nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4471 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4473 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4474 ;;;;;; 9615))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4475 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4477 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4478 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4479 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4480 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4481 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4482 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4483
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4484 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4486 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4487 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4488 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4489 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4490 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14353 44070))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4491 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4493 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4494 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4496 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4497 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4498 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4499 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4500 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4502 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4503 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4504 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4505 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4506 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4508 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4509 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4511 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4512 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4514 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4515 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4517 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4518 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4520 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4521 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4523 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4524 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4525 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4526 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4528 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4529 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4530 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4531 X frame." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4533 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4534 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4536 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4538 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4539 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4541 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4542 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4543 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4544 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4546 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4547 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4548 European character display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4550 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4551 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4552 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4553 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4555 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4556 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4557 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4558 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4559 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4561 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4563 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4564 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4565 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4566
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4567 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4568 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4569 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4570 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4571 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4572 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4573 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4574 Default is 2." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4576 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4577
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4578 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41573))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4579 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4581 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4582 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4584 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4585
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4586 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4587 ;;;;;; (14288 20375))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4588 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4589
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4590 (defvar double-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4591 Toggle Double mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4592 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4593 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4594
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4595 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4596
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4597 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4598
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4599 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4600 Toggle Double mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4601 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4603 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4604 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4606 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4607
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
4608 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4609 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4611 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4612 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4614 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4616 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
4617 ;;;;;; (14030 48685))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4618 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4620 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4621 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4623 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4624
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4625 ;;;### (autoloads (define-derived-mode easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4626 ;;;;;; define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el"
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4627 ;;;;;; (14552 48943))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4628 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4629
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4630 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4631
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4632 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4633 Define a new minor mode MODE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4634 This function defines the associated control variable, keymap,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4635 toggle command, and hooks (see `easy-mmode-define-toggle').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4636
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4637 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4638 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4639 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode-bar when the mode is on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4640 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4641 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4642 in order to build a valid keymap.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4643 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4644 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks." nil (quote macro))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4645
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4646 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4647
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4648 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4649
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4650 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4651 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4652
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4653 The arguments to this command are as follow:
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4654
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4655 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4656 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4657 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4658 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4659 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4660 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4661 hooks for the new mode.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4662
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4663 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4664
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4665 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4666
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4667 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4668 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4669 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4670
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4671 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4672 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4673
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4674 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4675 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4676 (setq case-fold-search nil))
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4677
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4678 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4679 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4680
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4681 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4683 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4684 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14574
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4685 ;;;;;; 18612))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4686 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4688 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4689 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4690 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4691 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4693 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4694 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4696 :filter FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4698 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4699 menu displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4701 :visible INCLUDE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4703 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4704 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4706 :active ENABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4708 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4709 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4711 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4713 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4715 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4717 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4718 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4720 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4721 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4722
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4723 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4725 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4727 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4729 :keys KEYS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4731 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4732 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4733 computed automatically.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4734 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4736 :key-sequence KEYS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4738 KEYS is nil a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4739 menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4740 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs first display of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4741 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4742 keyboard equivalent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4744 :active ENABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4746 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4747 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4749 :included INCLUDE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4751 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4752 expression has a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4754 :suffix NAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4756 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4758 :style STYLE
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4759
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4760 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4761 defined:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4763 toggle: A checkbox.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4764 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4765 radio: A radio button.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4766 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4767 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4768 menu bar itself.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4769 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4771 :selected SELECTED
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4773 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4774 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4775
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4776 :help HELP
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4777
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4778 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4779
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4780 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4781 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4782 as a solid horizontal line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4784 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4786 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4788 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4789 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4790 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4791 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4793 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4794 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4795 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4796 should contain a submenu named NAME.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4797 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4798 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4799
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4800 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4801 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4802 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4804 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4805 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4807 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4808
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4809 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4810 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4811 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4812 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4813 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14485 59667))
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4814 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4815
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4816 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4817 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4818
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4819 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4820 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4821
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4822 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4823 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4824 it to the printer.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4825
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4826 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4827 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4828 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4829 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4830
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4831 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4832 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4833 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4834
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4835 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4836 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4837 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4838 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4839
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4840 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4841
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4842 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4843 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4844 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4845
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4846 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4847
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4848 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4849 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4850
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4851 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4852 The EPS file name has the following form:
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4853
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4854 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4855
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4856 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4857 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4858
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4859 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4860 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4861 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4862 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4863
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4864 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4865
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4866 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4867 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4868
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4869 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4870 The EPS file name has the following form:
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4871
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4872 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4873
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4874 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4875 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4876
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4877 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4878 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4879 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4880 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4881
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4882 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4883
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4884 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4885
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4886 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4887 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4888
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4889 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4890 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4891
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4892 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4893 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4894
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4895 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4896 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4897
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4898 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4899 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4900
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4901 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4902 Set STYLE to current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4903
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4904 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4905
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4906 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4907 Reset current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4908
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4909 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4910
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4911 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4912 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4913
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4914 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4915
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4916 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4917 Pop a style and set it to current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4918
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4919 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4920
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4921 ;;;***
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4922
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4923 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4924 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
4925 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (14613
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
4926 ;;;;;; 26536))
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4927 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4928
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4929 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4930 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4931 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4932 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4933 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4934 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4935
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4936 Tree mode key bindings:
28542
9e9fa222ebcf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28530
diff changeset
4937 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4938
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4939 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4940 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4941
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4942 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.\nA second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match. \nA call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with\ncompletion." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4943
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4944 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4945 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4946 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4947 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4948
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4949 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4950 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4951 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4952
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4953 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4954 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4955 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4956 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4957
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4958 ;;;***
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4959
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4960 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4961 ;;;;;; (13778 5499))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4962 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4964 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4965 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4966 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4967 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4969 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4970 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4971 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4973 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4974 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4975 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4977 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4979 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4981 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4983 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
4984 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14447 15307))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4985 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4987 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4988 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4989 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4991 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4993 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
4994 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14583 8560))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4995 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4997 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4998 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4999 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5000 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5001 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5003 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5004 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5005 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5006 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5008 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5009 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5010 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5011 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5013 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5014 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5015 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5016 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5018 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5019
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5020 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5021 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5022 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5023 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5024 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5026 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5028 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5029 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5030 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5031 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5032 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5033 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5034 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5035 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5036 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5037 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14522 27408))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5038 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5040 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5041 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5043 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5044 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5046 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5048 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5050 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5051 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5053 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5055 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5056 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5058 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5060 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5061 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5062 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5063 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5065 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5067 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5068 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5069 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5070 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5072 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5074 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5075 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5076 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5077 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5078
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5079 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5081 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5082 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5083 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5084 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5086 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5088 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5089 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5090 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5091 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5092 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5093 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5095 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5096 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5097 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5098 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5100 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5102 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5103 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5104 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5105 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5107 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5109 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5111 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5112 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5113 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5114 follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5115 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5116 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5118 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5119 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5120 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5121 follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5122 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5123 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5125 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5126 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5127 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5128 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5129 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5131 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5132 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5133 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5134 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5135 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5136 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5138 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5140 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5141 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5143 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5144 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5146 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5148 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5149 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5151 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5152 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5154 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5155 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5156 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5157 buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5159 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5160 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5161 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5162 buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5164 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5165 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5166 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5167 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5169 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5170 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5171 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5172 and don't ask the user.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5173 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5174 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5176 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5177 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5179 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5180
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5181 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5183 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5184 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5185 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5186 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5188 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5190 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5191 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5192 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5194 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5195 Display Ediff's manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5196 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5198 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5199
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5200 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5201 ;;;;;; (14522 27392))
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5202 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5203
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5204 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5205
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5206 ;;;***
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5207
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5209 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5210
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5211 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5212
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5213 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser...")))))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5214
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5215 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5216
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5217 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5218
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5219 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5220 ;;;;;; (14398 37488))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5221 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5223 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5224 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5226 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5228 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5230 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5231 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5232 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5234 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5235 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5236 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5237 which see." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5239 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5240 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5241 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5242 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5244 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5246 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5247 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5248 ;;;;;; (13957 59893))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5249 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5250 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5252 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5253 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5254 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5256 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5257 Edit a keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5258 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5259 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5260 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5261 its command name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5262 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5264 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5265 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5267 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5268 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5270 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5271 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5272 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5273 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5274 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5275 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5277 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5278 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5279 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5280 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5282 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5283 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5284 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5285 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5286 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5287 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5289 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5291 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5292 ;;;;;; 33724))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5295 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5296 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5298 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5300 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5301 ;;;;;; (13116 19762))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5302 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5304 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5305 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5306 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5307 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5308 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5309 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5310 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5311 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5313 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5314 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5316 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5317 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5318 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5319 this value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5321 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5322 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5323 things.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5325 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5326 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5327 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5329 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5331 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5333 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5334 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (13881 39947))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5335 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5337 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5338 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5340 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5341 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5342 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5343 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5344 from the documentation string if possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5346 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5347 instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5349 This variable is buffer-local.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5351 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5352 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5353 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5355 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5356 of the mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5357 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5358 the mode, respectively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5360 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5361 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5363 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5364
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5365 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14495
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5366 ;;;;;; 17971))
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5367 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5368
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5369 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5370 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5371
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5372 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5373 an elided material again.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5374
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5375 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5376
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5377 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5378
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5379 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5380 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5381 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5383 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5384 Initialize elint." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5386 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5388 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5389 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5390 ;;;;;; "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (13578 6553))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5391 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5393 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5394 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5395 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5397 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5398 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5399 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5401 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5402 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5403 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5405 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5406 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5407 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5409 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5411 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5412 Display current profiling results.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5413 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5414 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5415 displayed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5417 (autoload (quote elp-submit-bug-report) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5418 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5420 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5422 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5423 ;;;;;; (13649 21996))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5424 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5426 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5427 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5428 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5430 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5432 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5433 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5434 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5435 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5436 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14345 52903))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5437 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5439 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5441 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5443 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5445 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5447 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5449 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5451 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5453 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5455 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5457 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5458 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5460 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5461 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5463 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5464 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5466 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5467 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5469 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5471 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5473 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5475 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5477 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5478 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5480 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5481 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5483 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5485 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5487 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5488 ;;;;;; (14516 181))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5489 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5491 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5492 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5493 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5495 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5496 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5497 automatically.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5499 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5500 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5501 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5503 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5505 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
5506 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14539 53665))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5507 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5509 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5510 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5511 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5512 text/enriched format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5513 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5515 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5516 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5518 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5520 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5522 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5524 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5526 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5528 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5529 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5530 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5531 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5532 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
5533 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14600
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
5534 ;;;;;; 21015))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5535 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5537 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5538 *File name of tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5539 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5540 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5541 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5542 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5543
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5544 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5545 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5546 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5547 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5548
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5549 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5550 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5551 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5552 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5553 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5554 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5556 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5557 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5558 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5559 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5560 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5562 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5563 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5564 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5565 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5566
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5567 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5568 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5569 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5570 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5571 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5573 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5574 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5575 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5576 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5578 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5579 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5580 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5581 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5582 file the tag was in." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5584 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5585 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5586 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5587 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5588 without directory names." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5590 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5591 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5592 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5593 but does not select the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5594 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5596 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5597 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5598 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5599 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5600 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5602 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5604 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5605 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5606 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5608 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5610 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5611 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5612 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5613 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5615 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5616 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5617 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5618 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5619 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5621 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5623 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5624 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5625 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5627 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5628 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5630 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5631 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5632 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5633 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5634 around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5636 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5637 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5638 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5639 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5640 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5642 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5644 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5645 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5646 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5648 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5649 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5651 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5652 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5653 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5654 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5655 around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5657 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5658 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5659 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5660 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5661 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5663 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5665 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5666 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5667 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5669 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5670 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5672 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5673 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5674 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5676 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5677 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5678 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5679 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5680 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5682 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5684 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5685 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5686 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5688 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5689 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5690 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5692 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5693 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5695 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5696 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5697 where they were found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5699 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5700 Select next file among files in current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5702 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5703 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5704 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5706 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5707 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5709 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5710 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5712 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5713 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5714 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5715 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5717 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5718 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5719 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5720 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5721 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5722 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5724 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5725 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5726 Stops when a match is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5727 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5729 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5731 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5732 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5733 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5734 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5735 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5737 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5739 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5740 Display list of tags in file FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5741 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5742 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5743 directory specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5745 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5746 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5748 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5749 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5750 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5751 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5753 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5754 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5755 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5756 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5757 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5759 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5761 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5762 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5763 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5764 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5765 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5766 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
5767 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
5768 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (14623 45988))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5769 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5771 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5773 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5774 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5775 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5776 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5778 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5779 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5780 language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5782 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5783 even if the buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5785 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5786 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5787 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5789 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5790 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5792 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5793 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5795 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5796 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5797 language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5799 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5800 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5802 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5803 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5804 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5806 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5807 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5808 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5810 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5811 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5813 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5814 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5816 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5817 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5819 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5820 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5821 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5822 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5824 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5825 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5826 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5827 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5829 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5830 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5831 the primary language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5833 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5834 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5836 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5837 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5838 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5840 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5841 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5842 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5843 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5845 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5846 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5847 primary language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5849 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5850 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5852 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5853 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5854 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5856 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5857 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5858 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5860 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5861 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5863 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5864 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5865 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5866 3) convert the body into SERA.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5868 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5870 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5871 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5872 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5874 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5875 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5877 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5878 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5880 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5881 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5882 be 1, 2, or 3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5884 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5885 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5886 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5887
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5888 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5890 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5891 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5893 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5894 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5895 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5897 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5898 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5900 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5901 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5903 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5904 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5906 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5907 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5909 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5910 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5911
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5912 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5913 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5915 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5916 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5918 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5919
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5920 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5921 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
27326
25ebadb8e258 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27321
diff changeset
5922 ;;;;;; (14463 3149))
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5923 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5924
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5925 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5926 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5927 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5928 server for future sessions." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5929
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5930 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5931 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5932
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5933 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5934 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5935
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5936 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5937 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5938 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5939 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5940 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5941 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5942 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5943 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5944 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5945 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5946 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5947 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5948
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5949 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5950 Display a form to query the directory server.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5951 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5952 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5953
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5954 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5955 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5956 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5957
27326
25ebadb8e258 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27321
diff changeset
5958 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
25ebadb8e258 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27321
diff changeset
5959
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5960 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5961
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5962 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5963 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5964 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14461 51599))
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5965 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5966
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5967 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5968 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5969
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5970 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5971 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5972
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5973 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5974 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5975
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5976 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5977 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5978
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5979 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5980 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5981
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5982 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5983
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5984 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5985 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 58168))
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5986 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5987
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5988 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5989 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5990 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5991
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5992 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5993 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5994
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5995 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5996
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5997 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5998 ;;;;;; (14460 58176))
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5999 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6000
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6001 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6002 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6003
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6004 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6005
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6006 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6007 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (13940 33734))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6010 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6011 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6012 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6013 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6014 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6015 executable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6017 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6018 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6019 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6021 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6023 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6024 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14443 18506))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6025 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6027 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6028 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6029 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6030 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6032 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6034 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6035 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6036 to generate such functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6038 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6039 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6040 beginning of the expanded text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6042 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6043 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6044 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6045 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6047 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6049 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6050 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6051 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6053 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6054 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6055 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6056 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6057 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6059 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6060
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
6061 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14623 45936))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6062 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6064 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6065 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6067 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6068 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6069 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6071 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6073 Key definitions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6074 \\{f90-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6076 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6078 f90-do-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6079 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6080 f90-if-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6081 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6082 f90-type-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6083 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6084 f90-program-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6085 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6086 (default 2)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6087 f90-continuation-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6088 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6089 f90-comment-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6090 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6091 region. (default \"!!!$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6092 f90-indented-comment-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6093 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6094 (default \"!\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6095 f90-directive-comment-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6096 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6097 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6098 f90-break-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6099 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6100 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6101 f90-break-before-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6102 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6103 (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6104 f90-beginning-ampersand
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6105 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6106 f90-smart-end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6107 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6108 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6109 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6110 f90-auto-keyword-case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6111 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6112 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6113 f90-leave-line-no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6114 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6115 f90-startup-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6116 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6117 f90-keywords-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6118 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6120 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6121 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6123 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6125 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6126 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6127 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6128 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
6129 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14539 53665))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6130 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6131 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6132 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6134 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6135 Menu keymap for faces.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6137 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6139 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6140 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6142 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6144 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6145 Menu keymap for background colors")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6147 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6148
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6149 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6150 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6152 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6153
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6154 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6155 Submenu for text justification commands.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6157 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6158
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6159 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6160 Submenu for indentation commands.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6162 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6164 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6165 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6167 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6168
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6169 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6170
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6171 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6173 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6175 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6176 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6177 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6178 will not show through at all will be removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6180 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6182 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6183 this command sets the region to the requested face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6185 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6186 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6187 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6189 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6190 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6191 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6192 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6193 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6194 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6195 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6196 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6198 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6199 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6200 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6201 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6202 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6203 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6204 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6205 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6207 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6208 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6209 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6210 is the menu item's name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6212 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6213 this command sets the region to the requested face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6215 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6216 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6217 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6219 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6220 Make the region invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6221 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6222 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6224 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6225 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6226 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6227 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6229 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6230 Make the region unmodifiable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6231 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6232 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6234 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6235 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6237 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6238 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6240 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6241 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6242 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6244 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6245 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6247 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6248 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6250 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6251 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6252 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6253 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6254 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6256 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6258 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6259 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6260 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6262 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6263 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6264 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6265 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6267 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6269 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6270 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6271 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6273 Font Lock caches may be saved:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6274 - When you save the file's buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6275 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6276 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6277 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6278 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6280 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6282 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6283 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6284 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6285 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6287 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6288 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6290 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6292 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6294 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6295 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6296 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 45092))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6297 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6299 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6300 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6302 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6303 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6304 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6305 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6307 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6308 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6309 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6310 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6311 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6313 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6314 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6315 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6316 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6317 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6318 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6319 internally by feedmail):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6321 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6322 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6323 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6324 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6326 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6327 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6328 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6329 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6330 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6331
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6332 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6333
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6334 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6335 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14412 8705))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6336 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6338 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6339 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6340 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6341 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6342 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6343 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6344 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6346 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6347 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6348 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6349 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6350 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6351 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6352 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6354 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6355 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6357 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6358 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6359 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6360 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6361 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6362 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6364 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6365 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6366 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6367 Return value:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6368 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6369 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6370 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6372 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6373 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6375 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6377 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6378 ;;;;;; (14332 47695))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6379 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6381 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6382 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6383 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6384 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6385 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6386 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6387 \(directories) is done." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6388 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6389 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6390 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6392 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6394 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
6395 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14345 52903))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6396 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6398 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6399 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6400 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6401 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6402 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6404 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6405 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6406 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6407 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6409 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6410 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6411 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6413 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6415 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6416 as the final argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6418 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6419 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6420 and run dired on those files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6421 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6422 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6424 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6426 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6427 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6428 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6430 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6432 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6434 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6436 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6437 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6438 ;;;;;; (13670 3046))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6439 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6441 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6442 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6443 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6445 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6447 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6448 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6449 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6451 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6452 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6454 Variables of interest include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6456 - ff-case-fold-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6457 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6458 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6460 - ff-always-in-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6461 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6462 argument is given to ff-find-other-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6464 - ff-ignore-include
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6465 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6467 - ff-always-try-to-create
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6468 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6470 - ff-quiet-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6471 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6473 - ff-special-constructs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6474 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6475 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6476 extracting the filename from that construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6478 - ff-other-file-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6479 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6481 - ff-search-directories
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6482 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6483 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6485 - ff-pre-find-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6486 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6488 - ff-pre-load-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6489 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6491 - ff-post-load-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6492 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6494 - ff-not-found-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6495 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6497 - ff-file-created-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6498 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6500 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6501 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6503 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6504 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6506 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6508 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6509 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6510 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6511 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6512 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
6513 ;;;;;; (14398 37514))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6514 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6516 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6517 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6519 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6520 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6521 not selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6523 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6524 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6525 in `load-path'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6527 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6528 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6530 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6531 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6532 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6533 it is one of the current buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6535 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6536 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6537 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6539 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6540 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6542 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6544 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6545 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6547 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6549 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6550 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6552 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6553 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6554 not selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6556 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6557 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6558
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6559 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6560 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6562 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6563 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6564 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6565 it is one of the current buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6566
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6567 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6568 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6569 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6571 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6572 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6574 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6576 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6577 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6579 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6581 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6582 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6583 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6585 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6586 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6588 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6589 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6591 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6592 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6594 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6595
28530
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6596 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6597 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14576 32883))
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6598 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6599
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6600 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6601 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6602
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6603 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6604 Display FILE's commentary section.
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6605 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6606
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6607 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6608 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6609
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6610 ;;;***
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6611
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6612 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6613 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6614 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6616 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6617 Toggle flow control handling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6618 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6619 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6621 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6622 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6623 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6624 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6625 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6626 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6628 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6630 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
6631 ;;;;;; (14512 26322))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6632 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6634 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6635 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6636 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6637 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6638 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6639 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6641 Bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6642 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6643 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6644 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6646 Hooks:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6647 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6649 Remark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6650 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6651 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6652 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6654 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6655 consider adding:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6656 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6657 in your .emacs file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6659 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6661 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6663 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6664 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6666 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6668 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6669 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6670 ;;;;;; (14392 8455))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6671 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6673 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6674 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6676 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6677 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6679 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6680 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6682 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6683 of two major techniques:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6685 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6686 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6687 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6689 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6690 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6691 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6692 movement commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6694 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6695 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6696 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6697 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6698 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6699 mileage may vary).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6701 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6702 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6704 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6706 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6707 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6708 \(This is the default.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6710 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6711 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6713 Keys specific to Follow mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6714 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6716 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6717 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6719 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6720 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6721 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6722 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6723 two windows always will display two successive pages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6724 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6726 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6727 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6728 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6730 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6731 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6732 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6734 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6736 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6737 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6738 ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el"
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
6739 ;;;;;; (14620 23716))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6740 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6742 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6743 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6745 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6746 Toggle Font Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6747 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6749 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6751 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6752 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6753 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6754 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6756 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6757 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6759 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6761 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6762 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6763 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6765 (global-font-lock-mode t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6767 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6768 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6769 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6770 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6771 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6772 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6774 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6775 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6777 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6778 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6780 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6781 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6782 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6784 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6785 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6787 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6788 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6789 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6791 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6792 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6793 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6795 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6796 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6797 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6799 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6800 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6801 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6802 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6803 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6804 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6805 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6806 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6807 end of the current highlighting list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6808
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6809 For example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6811 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6812 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6813 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6815 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6816 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6818 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6819 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6820 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6821
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6822 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
6823 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
6824
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
6825 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6826 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6827
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6828 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6829 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6830 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6831 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6832 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6834 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6835 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6836
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6837 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6838 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6839 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6840 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6841 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6842 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6843
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6844 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6845
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6846 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6847
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6848 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
6849 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6851 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6853 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
6854 ;;;;;; (14551 28678))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6855 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6857 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6858 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6859 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6860 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6861 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6862
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
6863 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
6864 compatibility.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6866 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6867 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6869 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6870
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6871 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6872
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
6873 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
6874 ;;;;;; 9680))
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6875 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6876
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6877 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6878 Toggle footnote minor mode.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6879 \\<message-mode-map>
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6880 key binding
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6881 --- -------
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6882
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6883 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6884 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6885 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6886 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6887 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6888 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6889 " t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6890
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6891 ;;;***
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6892
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6893 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
6894 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6895 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6897 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6898 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6900 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6901 TAB forms-next-field TAB
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6902 C-c TAB forms-next-field
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6903 C-c < forms-first-record <
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6904 C-c > forms-last-record >
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6905 C-c ? describe-mode ?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6906 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6907 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6908 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6909 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6910 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6911 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6912 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6913 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6914 C-c C-x forms-exit x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6915 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6917 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6918 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6920 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6921 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6923 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6925 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
6926 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14537 23071))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6927 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6929 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6930 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6931 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6932 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6933 with a character in column 6.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6935 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6936 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6937 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6938 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6940 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6941 Fortran keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6943 Key definitions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6944 \\{fortran-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6946 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6947
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6948 `comment-start'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6949 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6950 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6951 `fortran-do-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6952 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6953 `fortran-if-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6954 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6955 `fortran-structure-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6956 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6957 (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6958 `fortran-continuation-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6959 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6960 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6961 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6962 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6963 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6964 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6965 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6966 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6967 (for TAB format continuation style).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6968 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6969 indentation for a line of code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6970 (default 'fixed)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6971 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6972 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6973 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6974 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6975 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6976 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6977 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6978 `fortran-line-number-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6979 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6980 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6981 column 5. (default 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6982 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6983 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6984 statements. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6985 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6986 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6987 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6988 statement. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6989 `fortran-continuation-string'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6990 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6991 line. (default \"$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6992 `fortran-comment-region'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6993 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6994 region. (default \"c$$$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6995 `fortran-electric-line-number'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6996 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6997 as typed. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6998 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
6999 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7000 (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7002 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7003 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7005 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7007 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7008 ;;;;;; (13973 3308))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7009 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7011 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7012 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7014 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7015 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7017 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7018 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7019 function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7021 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7022 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7023 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7024 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7025 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7026 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7028 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7029 Each keyword should be a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7031 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7032 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7034 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7035 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7036 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7038 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7040 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7042 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7043 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7044 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7045 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7047 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7048 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7050 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7051
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7052 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
7053 ;;;;;; (14609 53573))
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7054 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7055
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7056 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7057 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7058 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7059 at places they belong to." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7060
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7061 ;;;***
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7062
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7063 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7064 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49411))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7065 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7067 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7068 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7070 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7071 Read network news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7072 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7073 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7074 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7075 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7076 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7078 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7079 Read news as a slave." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7081 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7082 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7084 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7085 Read network news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7086 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7087 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7088 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7090 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7092 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7093 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7094 ;;;;;; (14030 49649))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7097 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7098 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7100 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7101 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7103 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7104 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7105 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7106 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7108 \(gnus-agentize)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7110 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7111 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7112 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7114 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7115 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7117 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7119 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7121 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7122 ;;;;;; (14030 49288))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7123 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7125 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7126 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7128 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7130 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7131 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7132 ;;;;;; 49293))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7133 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7134
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7135 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7136 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7138 Usage:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7139 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7141 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7142 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7144 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7145 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7147 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7149 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7150 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7153 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7154 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7155 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7157 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7158 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7160 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7162 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7163 ;;;;;; (14030 49328))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7166 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7168 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7169 Run batched scoring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7170 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7172 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7174 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7175 ;;;;;; (14030 49334))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7176 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7178 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7179 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7180 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7182 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7184 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7185 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7188 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7189 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7190 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7191 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7192 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7194 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7195 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7197 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7199 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7200 ;;;;;; (14030 49357))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7203 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7204 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7205 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7206 for matching on group names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7208 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7209 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7211 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7213 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7215 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7217 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7218 ;;;;;; (14030 49359))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7221 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7222 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7224 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7226 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7227 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14345 52937))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7230 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7231 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7233 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7234 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7236 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7238 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7239 ;;;;;; (14030 49407))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7240 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7242 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7243 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7245 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7246
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7247 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (13940 33566))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7248 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7250 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7251 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7252 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7253 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7254 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7256 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7257 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7258 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7260 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7261 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7262 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7264 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7266 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
7267 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14385 24830))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
7268 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7270 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7271 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7272 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7273 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7274 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7276 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7277 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7278 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7279 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7280 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7282 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7283 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7284 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7285 or to send e-mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7286 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7288 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7289 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7291 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7292
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7293 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7294 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7296 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7297 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7298 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7299 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7300 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7302 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7304 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
7305 ;;;;;; (14599 26515))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7306 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7308 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7309 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7310 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7311 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7313 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7314 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7315 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7316 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7318 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7319 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7320 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7321 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7323 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7324 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7325 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7326 and source-file directory for your debugger.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7328 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7329 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7331 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7332 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7333 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7334 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7336 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7337 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7338 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7339 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7341 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7342 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7343 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7344 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7345 between it and it's value." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7346 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7348 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7350 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14033
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7351 ;;;;;; 23942))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7352 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7354 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7355 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7356 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7357 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7359 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7360 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7361 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7362 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7364 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7365
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7366 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
7367 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7368 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7370 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7371 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7372
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7373 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7374 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7375 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7376 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7377
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7378 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7379
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7380 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7381 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7382 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7383 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7384 to be updated." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7385
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7386 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7387
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7388 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7389 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7390 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7392 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7393 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7394 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7395 and window listing and describing the options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7396 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7397 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7399 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7401 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7402 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 20602))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7403 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7405 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7406 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7408 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7409 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7411 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7413 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
7414 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14589 54862))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7415 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7417 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7418 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7419 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7420 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7421 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7423 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7424 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7426 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7427 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7428 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7429 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7431 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7432 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7433 periods.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7435 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7436 in hexl format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7438 A sample format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7440 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7441 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7442 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7443 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7444 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7445 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7446 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7447 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7448 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7449 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7450 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7451 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7452 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7453 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7454 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7456 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7457 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7458 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7460 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7461 also supported.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7463 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7465 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7466 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7467 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7469 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7470 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7471 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7473 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7474 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7476 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7477 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7479 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7480 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7482 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7483
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7484 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7485 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7486
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7487 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7489 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7491 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7492 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7493 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7495 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7496 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7497 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7499 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7501 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7502 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14392 886))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7503 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7504
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7505 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7506 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7507
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7508 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7509 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7510 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7511 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7512 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7513 how the hiding is done:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7515 hide-ifdef-env
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7516 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7517 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7518 is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7520 hide-ifdef-define-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7521 An association list of defined symbol lists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7522 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7523 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7524 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7526 hide-ifdef-lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7527 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7528 #endif lines when hiding.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7530 hide-ifdef-initially
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7531 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7532 is activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7534 hide-ifdef-read-only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7535 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7536 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7538 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7539
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7540 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7541 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7543 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7544 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7546 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7547 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7549 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7550
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7551 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7552 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14512 26322))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7555 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7556 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7557
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7558 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7559 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7560 Each element has the form
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7561 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7562
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7563 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7564 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7565
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7566 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7567 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7568
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7569 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7570 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7571 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7572 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7573 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7574
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7575 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7576 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7577
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7578 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7579 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7580
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7581 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7582 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7583 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7585 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7586 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7587 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7588 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7589 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7590 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7592 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7593 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'. There is also
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7594 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7596 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7597 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7598
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7599 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7600
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7601 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7602 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7604 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7606 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7607 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7608 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7609 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14288 22009))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7610 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7611
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7612 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7613
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7614 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7615 Remove the change face from the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7616 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7618 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7619 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7621 Without an argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7622 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7623 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7624 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7626 With an argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7627 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7628 with a zero argument, set state to passive;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7629 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7631 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7632 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7633 not displayed in a different face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7635 Functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7636 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7637 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7638 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7639 buffer with the contents of a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7640 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7641 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7642 various faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7645 Hook variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7646 highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7647 highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7648 highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7649 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7651 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7652 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7654 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7655 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7657 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7658 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7660 Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7661 of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7662 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7663 shown in the last face in the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7665 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7666 by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7667 buffer to be saved):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7668 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7669 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7671 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7672 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7674 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7675 and not in read-only mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7677 If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7678 when called interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7680 If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7681 have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7682 temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7684 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7685 changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7686 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7688 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7689 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7691 When called interactively:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7692 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7693 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7694 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7695 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7697 When called from a program:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7698 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7699 - if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7700 - if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7701 - otherwise just turn it on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7703 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7704 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7705 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7706 \"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7708 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7710 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7711 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7712 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7713 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7714 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14398 37488))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7715 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7717 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7718 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7719 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7720 or insert functions in this list.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7722 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7723 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7725 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7726 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7728 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7729 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7731 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7732 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7734 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7735 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7736 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7738 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7739 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7740 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7741 \(as atoms)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7743 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7744 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7745 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7746 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7747 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7749 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7750 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7751 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7752 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7753 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7754 expansions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7755 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7756 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7757 undoes the expansion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7759 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7760 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7761 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7762 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7764 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7765
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7766 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7767 ;;;;;; (14454 80))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7768 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7769
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7770 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7771 Toggle Hl-Line mode.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7772 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7773 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7774
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7775 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7776
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7777 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7778
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7779 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7780 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7781
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7782 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7783 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7784 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7785
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7786 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7787
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7788 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7789 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7790 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7792 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7793 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7795 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7796 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7798 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7800 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7802 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7803 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14454 81))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7804 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7806 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7807 This function is obsolete." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7808
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7809 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7810 This function is absolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7812 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7813 This function is absolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7815 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7817 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7818 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14440 64840))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7819 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7821 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7822 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7823 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7825 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7826 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7827 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7829 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7830
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7831 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 39403))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7832 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7834 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7835 Major mode for editing Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7836 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7837 Tab indents for Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7838 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7839 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7840 \\{icon-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7841 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7842 icon-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7843 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7844 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7845 icon-auto-newline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7846 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7847 inserted in Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7848 icon-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7849 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7850 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7851 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7852 icon-continued-statement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7853 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7854 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7855 icon-continued-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7856 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7857 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7858 icon-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7859 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7860 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7861 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7862 this far to the right of the start of its line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7864 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7865 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7867 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7868
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7869 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7870 ;;;;;; (14495 18053))
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7871 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7872
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7873 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7874 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7875 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7876 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7877
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7878 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7879 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7880 separate frames.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7881
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7882 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7883
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7884 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7885 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7886 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7887
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7888 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7889
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7890 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7891
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7892 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7893 ;;;;;; (14495 18054))
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7894 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7895
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7896 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7897 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7898
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7899 The main features of this mode are
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7900
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7901 1. Indentation and Formatting
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7902 --------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7903 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7904 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7905
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7906 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7907 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7908 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7909 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7910
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7911 Comments are indented as follows:
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7912
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7913 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7914 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7915 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7916
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7917 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7918
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7919 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7920 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7921 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7922 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7923 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7924
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7925 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7926 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7927 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7928
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7929 2. Routine Info
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7930 ------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7931 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7932 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7933 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7934 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7935 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7936 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7937 information, which is also used for completion (see next item).
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7938
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7939 3. Completion
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7940 ----------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7941 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions and
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7942 keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and figures out what
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7943 is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). Lower case
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7944 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7945 upper case.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7946
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7947 4. Code Templates and Abbreviations
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7948 --------------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7949 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7950 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7951
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7952 \\pr PROCEDURE template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7953 \\fu FUNCTION template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7954 \\c CASE statement template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7955 \\f FOR loop template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7956 \\r REPEAT Loop template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7957 \\w WHILE loop template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7958 \\i IF statement template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7959 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7960 \\b BEGIN
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7961
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7962 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7963 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7964
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7965 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7966 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7967 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7968
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7969 5. Automatic Case Conversion
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7970 -------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7971 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7972 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7973
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7974 6. Automatic END completion
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7975 ------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7976 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7977 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7978
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7979 7. Hooks
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7980 -----
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7981 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7982 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7983
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7984 8. Documentation and Customization
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7985 -------------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7986 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7987 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7988 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7989 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7990 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7991
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7992 9. Keybindings
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7993 -----------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7994 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7995 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7996 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7997
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7998 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7999
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8000 ;;;***
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8001
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8002 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 47263))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8003 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8004 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8006 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8007 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8008 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8010 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8011
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8012 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8013 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8014 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14598 54652))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8015 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8016
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8017 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8018 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8019 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8020 be determined." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8021
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8022 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8023 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8024 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8025 be determined." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8027 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8028 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8029 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8031 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8032 Create an image.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8033 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8034 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8035 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8036 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8037 use its file extension.as image type.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8038 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8039 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8040 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8041 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8043 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8044 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8045 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8046 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8047 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8048 image.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8049 POS may be an integer or marker.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8050 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8051 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8052 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8053 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8055 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8056 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8057 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8058 with a `display' property whose value is the image.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8059 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8060 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8061 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8062 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8064 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8065 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8066 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8067 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8068
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8069 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8070 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8071
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8072 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8073 documentation string.
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8074
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8075 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8076 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8077 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8078 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8079 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8080 string containing the actual image data. The first image
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8081 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8082 define SYMBOL." nil nil)
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8083
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8084 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8085 Define SYMBOL as an image.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8087 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8088 documentation string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8090 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8091 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8092 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8093 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8094 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8095 string containing the actual image data. The first image
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8096 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8097 define SYMBOL.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8099 Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8101 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8102 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8104 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8106 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8107 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14315 33489))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8108 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8110 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8111 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8113 Affects only the mouse index menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8115 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8116 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8117 in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8119 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8121 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8122 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8123 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8125 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8126 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8128 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8129 to create a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8131 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8132 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8133 or like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8134 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8135 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8136 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8137 of the form (NAME FUNCTION POSITION-MARKER ARGUMENTS...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8138 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS beiong copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8140 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8141 entries are not nested.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8143 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8144 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8145 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8146 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8148 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8149 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8151 The variable is buffer-local.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8153 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8154 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8155 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8157 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8158 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8159 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8160 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8162 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8164 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8165 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8167 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8168 of the current buffer as an alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8170 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8171 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8172 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8173 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8174 if it is a sub-alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8176 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8178 The variable is buffer-local.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8180 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8182 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8183 Function for finding the next index position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8185 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8186 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8187 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8188 file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8190 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8191 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8193 This variable is local in all buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8195 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8197 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8198 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8200 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8201 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8202 It should return the name for that index item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8204 This variable is local in all buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8205
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8206 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8207
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8208 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8209 Function to compare string with index item.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8210
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8211 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8212 non-nil if they match.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8213
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8214 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8215 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8216 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8217 arguments match\".
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8218
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8219 This variable is local in all buffers.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8220
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8221 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8222
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8223 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8224 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8225 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8227 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8229 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8231 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8232 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8233 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8234 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8236 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8237 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8239 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8241 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8242 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8243 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8244 for more information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8246 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8247
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8248 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8249 ;;;;;; (14589 55732))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8250 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8252 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8253 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8254 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8255 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8256 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8258 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8259 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8261 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8262 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8263 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8264 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8265 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8266 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8267 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8268 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8270 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8271 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8272 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8273 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8274 Inferior Lisp buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8276 More precise choices:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8277 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8278 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8279 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8281 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8283 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8284 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8286 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8287 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8288 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8289 to that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8290 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8291 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8292 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8293 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8294 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8296 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8298 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8300 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8301 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8302 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (14581 64356))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8303 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8305 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8306 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8307 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8309 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8310 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8311 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8312 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8313 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8314 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8316 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8317 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8319 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8320 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8321 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8323 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8324 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8325 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8326 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8327
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8328 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8329 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8330
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8331 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8332 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8333 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8334 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8335 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8337 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8338 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8339 Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8340 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8341 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8342 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8344 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8345 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8346 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8348 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8350 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8351 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
8352 ;;;;;; (14539 53666))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8353 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8355 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8356 Throw away all cached data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8357 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8358 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8359 system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8361 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8362 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8363 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8364 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8365 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8366 The default symbol is the one found at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8367
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8368 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8370 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8371 Display the documentation of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8372 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8373 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8374 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8375 The default file name is the one found at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8376
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8377 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8379 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8380 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8382 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8383 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8385 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8387 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8388 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8389 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8391 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8392 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8394 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8395 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8396 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8398 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8399 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8400 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8402 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8403 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8404 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8405 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8407 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8408 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8409 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8411 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8412 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8413 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8414 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8415 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8417 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8419 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8420 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8421 ;;;;;; (13770 35556))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8422 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8424 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8425 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8427 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8428 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8430 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8432 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8434 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8435 ;;;;;; (14388 10886))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8436 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8438 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8439 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8440 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8441 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8442 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8443 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8445 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8446 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8448 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8449 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8450 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8451 \"s gives German sharp s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8452 /a gives a with ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8453 /e gives an a-e ligature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8454 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8455 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8456 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8458 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8459 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8461 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8463 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8464 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8465 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8466 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14564 29908))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8467 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8469 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8470 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8471 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8472 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8473 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8475 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8476 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8477 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8478 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8479 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8481 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8482 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8483 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8484 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8485 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8487 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8488 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8489 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8490 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8491 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8493 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8494 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8495 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8496 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8497 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8499 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8500 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8501 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8502 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8503 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8505 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8506 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8507 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8508 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8509 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8510
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8511 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8512 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8513 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8514 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8515 `format-alist')." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8516
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8517 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8518 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8519 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8520 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8521 `format-alist')." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8522
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8523 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8524 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8526 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8527 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8529 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8530 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8532 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8535 ;;;;;; (14164 4477))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8536 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8537 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8538 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8539 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8541 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8543 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8544 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8545 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8546 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8547 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8548 ;;;;;; (14587 2706))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8549 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8550
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8551 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8552 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8553
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8554 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8555 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8556
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8557 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8558 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8559
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8560 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8561 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8562 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8563 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8564
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8565 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8566 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8567 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8568
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8569 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8571 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8573 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8575 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8577 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8578
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8579 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8581 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8582 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8584 Each element of this list is also a list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8586 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8587 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8589 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8590 nil means the default dictionary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8592 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8593 word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8595 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8597 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8598 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8599 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8600 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8601 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8602 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8603 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8604 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8605 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8607 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8608 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8609 single word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8611 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8612 subprocess.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8614 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8615 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8616 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8617 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8618 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8619 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8620 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8621 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8623 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8625 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8626 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8627 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8629 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8630 Key map for ispell menu.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8632 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8633 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8634 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8635 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8636
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8637 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8638
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8639 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8640
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8641 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8642
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8643 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer)))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8644
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8645 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8647 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8648 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8649 The alist key must be a regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8650 Valid forms include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8651 (KEY) - just skip the key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8652 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8653 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8654 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8656 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8657 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8658 First list is used raw.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8659 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8661 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8662 for skipping in latex mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8664 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8666 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8667 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8668 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8669 in a window allowing you to choose one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8671 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8672 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8673 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8674 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8675 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8677 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8678 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8680 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8682 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8683 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8684
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8685 return values:
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8686 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8687 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8688 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8689 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8690 quit spell session exited." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8692 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8693 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8695 Selections are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8697 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8698 SPC: Accept word this time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8699 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8700 `a': Accept word for this session.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8701 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8702 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8703 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8704 `?': Show these commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8705 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8706 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8707 the aborted check to be completed later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8708 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8709 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8710 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8711 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8712 `C-l': redraws screen
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8713 `C-r': recursive edit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8714 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8716 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8717 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8718 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8720 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8721 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8722 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8724 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8726 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8728 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8729 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8730 Return nil if spell session is quit,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8731 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8733 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8734 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8736 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8737 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8739 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8740 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8742 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8743 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8744 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8745 sequence inside of a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8747 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8749 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8750 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8752 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8753 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8754 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8756 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8757 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8759 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8760 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8762 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8763 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8764 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8765 Don't check included messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8767 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8768 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8769 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8771 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8772 in your .emacs file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8773 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8774 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8775 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8776 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8778 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8779 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8780 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8782 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8784 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8785 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
8786 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14619 3306))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8787 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8789 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8790 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8791 Return the name of a buffer selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8792 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8793 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8794 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8796 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8797 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8798 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8799 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8801 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8802 Switch to another buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8804 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8805 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8806 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8807 in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8808 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8810 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8811 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8812 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8813 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8815 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8816 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8817 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8818 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8820 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8821 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8822 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8823 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8825 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8827 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8828 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
8829 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
8830 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (14623 45991))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8831 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8833 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8835 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8836 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8837 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8838 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8839 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8840 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8841 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8842 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8844 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8845 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8846 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8847 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8849 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8850 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8851 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8852 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8853 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8855 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8856 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8857 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8858 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8860 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8861 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8862 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8863 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8865 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8866 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8868 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8869 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8870 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8871 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8872 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8874 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8875 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8876 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8877 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8878 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8880 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8881 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8882 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8884 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8886 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-jit-lock jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el"
28542
9e9fa222ebcf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28530
diff changeset
8887 ;;;;;; (14577 45436))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8888 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8890 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8891 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8892 With arg, turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8893 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8895 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8896 following ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8898 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8899 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8900 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8901 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8902 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8904 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8905 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8906 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8907 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8909 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8910 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8911 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8912 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8913 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8914 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8915 strings or comments span lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8917 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8918 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8919 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8920 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice' and `jit-lock-stealth-lines'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8922 (autoload (quote turn-on-jit-lock) "jit-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8923 Unconditionally turn on Just-in-time Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8925 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8926
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8927 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8928 ;;;;;; (14568 39747))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8929 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8930
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8931 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8932 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8933 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8934 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8935
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8936 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8937
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8938 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8939 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8940 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8941 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8942 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8943 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)."
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8944 (interactive "P")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8945 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8946 (progn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8947 (require 'jka-compr)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8948 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8949 (toggle-auto-compression)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8950 (toggle-auto-compression arg t))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8952 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8954 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8955 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8956 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8958 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8959 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8960 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8962 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8963 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8964 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8965 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8966 shorter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8968 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8969 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8970 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8972 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8974 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (13810
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8975 ;;;;;; 39823))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8976 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8978 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8979 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8980 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8981 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8982 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8983 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8984 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8986 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8987
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
8988 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
8989 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (14623 45991))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8990 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8991
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8992 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8993 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8994 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8996 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8998 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9000 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9001 ;;;;;; (14256 23599))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9002 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9004 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9006 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9007 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9009 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9011 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9012 Start or resume an Lm game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9013 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9014 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9016 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9017 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9018 none / 1 | yes | no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9019 2 | yes | yes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9020 3 | no | yes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9021 4 | no | no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9023 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9024 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9025 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9027 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9028
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9029 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9030 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9031 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (14623 45991))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9032 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9033
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9034 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9035
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9036 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9037 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9038 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9039 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9040 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9041 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9042
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9043 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9044 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9045
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9046 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9047 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9048
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9049 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9050 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9051 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9052 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9053 to compose.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9054
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9055 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9056
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9057 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9058
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9059 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9060
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9061 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
9062 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14477 53252))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9063 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9065 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9066 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9067 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9068 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9070 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9072 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9074 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9075 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9076 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9077 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9078 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9079 for large buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9081 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9082 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9083 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9084 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9085 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9087 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9088 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9089 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9090 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9091 slow to keep up with your typing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9093 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9094 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9095 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9096 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9097 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9098 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9100 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9101 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9102 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9103 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9105 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9106 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9107 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9108 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9110 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9111 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9112 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9113 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9114 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9116 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9117 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9119 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9121 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9122 ;;;;;; (14280 10549))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9123 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9125 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9126 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9128 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9129 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9131 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9132 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9134 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9135 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9136 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9137 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9138 for later transmission to Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9139 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9140 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9141 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9142 and transmit saved text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9143 \\{ledit-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9144 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9145 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9147 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9149 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9150
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9151 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9152 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9154 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9155 Run Conway's Life simulation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9156 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9157 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9158 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9160 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9162 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (13935
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9163 ;;;;;; 16155))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9164 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9166 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9167 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9168 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9169 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9171 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9173 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9174 ;;;;;; (14563 8348))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9175 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9177 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
9178 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
9179 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9180
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9181 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9182 Run the locate command with a filter.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9183
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9184 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9185 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9187 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9188
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9189 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14619 3306))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9190 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9191
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9192 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9193 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9194 The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9195 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9196 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9197 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9198 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9199 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit." nil nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9200
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9201 ;;;***
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9202
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9203 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14619
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9204 ;;;;;; 3306))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9205 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9206
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9207 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
9208 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9209
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9210 ;;;***
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9211
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9212 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9213 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14563
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9214 ;;;;;; 22518))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9215 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9217 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9218 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9219 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9221 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9222 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9224 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9225 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9226 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9227 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9228 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9229 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9230 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9232 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9233 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9234 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9235 switch on this list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9236 See `lpr-command'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9238 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9239 *Name of program for printing a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9241 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9242 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9243 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9244 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9245 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9246 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9247 argument.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9249 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9250 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9251 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9252 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9254 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9255 Paginate and print buffer contents.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9256
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9257 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9258 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9259 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9260 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9261
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9262 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9263 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9264
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9265 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9266 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9268 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9269 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9270 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9271 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9273 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9274 Paginate and print the region contents.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9275
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9276 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9277 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9278 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9279 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9280
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9281 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9282 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9283
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9284 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9285 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9287 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9288
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
9289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9290 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9292 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9293 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9294 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9295 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9296 package is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9298 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9300 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9301 ;;;;;; 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9302 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9304 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9305 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9306 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9308 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9310 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9312 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (13962
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9313 ;;;;;; 30919))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9314 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9316 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9317 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9318 \\{m4-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9319 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9321 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9323 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9324 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9325 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9327 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9328 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9329 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9330 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9331 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9333 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9334 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9335 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9336 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9338 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9339 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9340 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9341 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9342 bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9344 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9345 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9347 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9348 Query user during kbd macro execution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9349 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9350 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9351 each time the macro executes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9352 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9353 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9354 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9355 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9356 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9357 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9358 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9360 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9361 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9362 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9364 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9365 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9366 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9367 execute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9369 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9370 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9372 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9373 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9374 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9375 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9376 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9378 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9379 looked like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9381 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9382 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9383 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9385 You could enter the names in this format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9387 foo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9388 bar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9389 baz
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9391 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9393 \\C-x (
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9394 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9395 \\C-x )
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9397 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9398 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9399 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9400 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9402 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9404 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9405 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9406 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9408 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9409 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9410 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9411 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9413 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9414 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9415 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9416 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9417 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9419 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9420 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9421 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9422 consing a string.)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9424 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9425 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9427 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9429 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9430 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9431 ;;;;;; (14075 51598))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9432 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9434 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9435 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9437 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9439 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9440 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9442 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9443 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9444 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9445 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9447 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9449 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9450
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9451 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9452 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
9453 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14501
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
9454 ;;;;;; 36191))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9455 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9457 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9458 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9459 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9460 often correct parser.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9462 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9463
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9464 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9465 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9466 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9467 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9468
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9469 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9470 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9471 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9472 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9473
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9474 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9475 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9476 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9477 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9478
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9479 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9480 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9481 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9482 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9483 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9484 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9486 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9488 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9489 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14608 9472))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9490 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9492 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9493 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9495 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9496 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9497 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9499 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9500 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9501 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9503 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9505 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9506 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9507 ;;;;;; 15646))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9508 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9510 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9511 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9512 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9513 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9514 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9515 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9516 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9517 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9519 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9520 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9521 If interactive, expand in header fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9522 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9523 their `Resent-' variants.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9525 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9526 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9528 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9529 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9530 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9532 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9533 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9534 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9535 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9537 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9538 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9539 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9540 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9542 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9544 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9545 ;;;;;; (14608 7464))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9546 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9548 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9549 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9550 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9552 \\{makefile-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9554 In the browser, use the following keys:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9556 \\{makefile-browser-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9558 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9560 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9561 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9563 makefile-target-colon:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9564 The string that gets appended to all target names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9565 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9566 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9568 makefile-macro-assign:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9569 The string that gets appended to all macro names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9570 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9571 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9572 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9573 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9574 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9576 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9577 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9578 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9580 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9581 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9583 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9584 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9585 up or down in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9587 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9588 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9590 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9591 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9593 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9594 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9595 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9596 has been selected in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9598 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9599 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9600 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9601 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9602 filenames are omitted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9604 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9605 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9606 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9607 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9608 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9609 the backslash itself intact.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9610 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9611 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9613 makefile-browser-hook:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9614 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9615 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9617 makefile-special-targets-list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9618 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9619 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9620 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9622 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9624 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9625 ;;;;;; 28917))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9626 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9628 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9629 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9630 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9632 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9633
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9634 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14583 33482))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9635 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9636
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9637 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9639 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9640 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9641 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9642 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9643 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9644 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9645 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9647 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9648 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9650 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9652 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9653 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9654 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9655 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9656 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9657 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9658 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9659 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9660 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49419))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9661 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9663 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9664 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9666 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9667 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9668 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9669 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9670 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9671 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9673 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9674 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9676 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9677 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9679 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9680 *Local news organization file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9682 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9683 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9684 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9685 variable `mail-header-separator'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9687 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9688 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9689 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9691 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9692 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9694 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9695 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9696 nil means use indentation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9698 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9699 *Function for citing an original message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9700 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9701 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9702 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9704 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9705 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9706 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9707 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9708 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9710 (defvar message-signature t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9711 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9712 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9713 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9714 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9716 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9717 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9719 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9721 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9722 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9723 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9724 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9725 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9726 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9727 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9728 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9729 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9730 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9731 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9732 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9733 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9734 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9735 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9736 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9737 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9738 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9739 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9740 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9741 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9743 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9744 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9745 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9747 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9748 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9750 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9751 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9753 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9754 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9756 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9757 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9758 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9760 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9761 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9763 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9764 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9765 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9766 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9768 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9769 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9771 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9772 Forward the current message via mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9773 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9775 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9776 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9778 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9779 Re-mail the current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9780 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9781 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9782 you." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9784 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9785 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9787 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9788 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9790 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9791 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9793 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9794 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9796 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9797 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9798 Works by overstriking characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9799 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9800 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9802 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9803 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9804 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9805 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9807 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9808
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9809 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9810 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9811 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9813 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9814 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9815 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9816 \\{meta-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9818 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9819 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9821 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9822 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9823 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9824 \\{meta-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9826 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9827 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9829 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9831 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9832 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9833 ;;;;;; (14345 52966))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9834 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9836 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9837 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9838 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9840 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9841 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9842 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9843 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9844 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9845 redisplayed as output is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9846 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9848 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9849 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9850 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9851 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9852 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9853 means current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9854 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9855 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9857 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9858 Process current region through 'metamail'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9859 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9860 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9861 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9862 means current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9863 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9864 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9866 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9868 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
9869 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14600 36202))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9870 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9872 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9873 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9874 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9875 to the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9877 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9879 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9880 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9881 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9882 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9883 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9884 that want to create a mail buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9885 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9887 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9888 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9889 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9890 to the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9892 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9894 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9895 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9896 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9897 using the MH mail handling system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9898 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9899 messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9901 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9903 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9905 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9906 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9907 the yanked message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9909 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9910 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9911 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9912 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9913 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9915 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9916 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9917 inserted in a draft letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9919 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9920 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9922 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9924 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9925
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
9926 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14532
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
9927 ;;;;;; 63447))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9928 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9930 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9931 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9932 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9933 to the MH mail system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9935 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9936 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9938 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9939
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9941 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9943 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9944 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9946 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9947
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14457 61243))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9949 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9951 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9953 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9955 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9957 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9959 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9961 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9962 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14035 10445))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9963 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9965 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9966 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9967 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9968 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9969 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9970 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9971 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9972 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9973 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9974 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9975 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9977 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9978 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9979 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9980 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9982 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9984 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9985 ;;;;;; (12536 45574))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9986 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9988 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9989 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9991 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9993 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9994 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9997 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9998 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9999 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10000 followed by the first character of the construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10001 \\<m2-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10002 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10003 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10004 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10005 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10006 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10007 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10008 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10009 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10010 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10011 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10012 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10013 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10014 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10015 \\[m2-link] link
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10017 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10018 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10019 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10021 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10023 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10024 ;;;;;; 2283))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10025 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10027 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10028 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10029 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10030 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10032 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10034 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10036 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10038 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10039 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10040 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10041 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10042 Triple-clicking selects lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10043 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10045 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10046 the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10047 directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10048 and interprogram-paste-function to nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10050 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10051 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10053 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10054 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10056 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10058 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10059 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10060 primary selection and region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10062 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10063
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10064 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10065 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10067 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10068 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10070 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10071
28939
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
10072 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14625 20437))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10073 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10075 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10076 Toggle msb-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10077 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10078 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10080 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10082 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10084 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10085 Toggle Msb mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10086 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10087 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10088 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10090 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10092 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10093 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10094 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10095 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after list-charset-chars
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10096 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10097 ;;;;;; (14621 5038))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10098 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10100 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10101 Display a list of all character sets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10102
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10103 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10104 for internal Emacs use.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10105
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10106 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10107 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10108 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10109 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10110 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10111
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10112 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10113 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10114 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10115 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10117 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10118 but still shows the full information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10119
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10120 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10121 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10122 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10123 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10124 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10125
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10126 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10127 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10128 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10129 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10130 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10131
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10132 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10133 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10134
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10135 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10136 Display information of in current buffer at position POS.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10137 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10138 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10139 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10140
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10141 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10142 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10144 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10145 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10147 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10148 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10149 at the place of `..':
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10150 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10151 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10152 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10153 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10154 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10155 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10156 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10157 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10158 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10159 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10160 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10161 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10162 `default-process-coding-system' for read
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10163 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10164 `default-process-coding-system' for write
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10165 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10167 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10168 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10170 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10171 Display a list of all coding systems.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10172 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10174 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10175 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10176
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10177 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10178 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10179
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10180 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10181 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10183 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10184 Display information of FONTSET.
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10185 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10187 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10188 Display a list of all fontsets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10189 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10190 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10191 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10193 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10194 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10196 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10197 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10199 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10200 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10201 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10202 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10204 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10205 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10206 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10208 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10209 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10210 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10212 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10213
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10214 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10215 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10216 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10217 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10218 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10219 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10220 ;;;;;; (14568 36382))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10221 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10223 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10224 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10225 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10226
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10227 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10228 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10229
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10230 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10231 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10233 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10234 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10236 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10237 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10238 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10239 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10240 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10241
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10242 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10243 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10244 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10245 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10246 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10248 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10249 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10251 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10252
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10253 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10254 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10255
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10256 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10257 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10258 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10259
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10260 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10261 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10262 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10264 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10265 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10266 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10267 is considered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10268 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10269 longer than KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10270 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10272 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10273 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10274 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10275 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10276 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10277 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10278 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10279 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10280 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10281 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10282 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10284 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10285 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10287 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10288 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10290 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10291 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10293 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10294 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10296 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10297 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10299 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10300 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10301 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10302 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10304 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10305 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10306 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10307 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10309 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10310 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10311 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10312 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10313
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10314 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10315
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10316 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (14378 51930))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10317 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10318
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10319 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10320 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10321
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10322 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10323
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10324 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10325 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
10326 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10327 ;;;;;; (14564 29931))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
10328 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10330 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10331 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10333 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10334 Ping HOST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10335 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10336 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10338 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10339 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10341 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10343 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10344 Run netstat program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10346 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10347 Run the arp program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10349 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10350 Run the route program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10352 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10353 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10355 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10356 Run nslookup program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10357
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10358 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10359 Run dig program." t nil)
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10360
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10361 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10362 Run ftp program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10364 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10365 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10367 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10368 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10369 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10370 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10372 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10374 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10375 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10377 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10378 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10380 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10382 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10383 ;;;;;; 49432))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10386 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10387 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10388 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10389 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10390 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10391 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10393 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10395 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10396 ;;;;;; (14030 49439))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10397 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10399 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10400 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10402 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10404 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10405 ;;;;;; (14030 49445))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10406 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10408 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10409 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10410 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10412 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10414 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10415 ;;;;;; (14030 49457))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10416 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10418 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10419 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10421 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10423 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10424 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10425 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10427 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10428 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10430 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10431 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10433 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10434 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10436 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10438 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10439 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10440 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10442 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10443 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10444 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10446 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10448 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10449 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10450 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10451 to future sessions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10453 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10454 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10455 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10456 to future sessions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10458 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10460 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10461 ;;;;;; (13382 24740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10462 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10464 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10465 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10466 \\{nroff-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10467 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10468 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10469 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10471 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10473 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10474 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10477 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10478 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10479 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10480 specified by `octave-help-files'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10481 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10483 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10485 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10486 ;;;;;; (14302 32388))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10487 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10489 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10490 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10491 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10493 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10495 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10496 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10498 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10499 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10500 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10502 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10504 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10506 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
10507 ;;;;;; (14535 42068))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10508 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10510 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10511 Major mode for editing Octave code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10513 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10514 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10515 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10516 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10518 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10519 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10520 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10521 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10522 is why you need this mode!).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10524 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10525 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10526 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10528 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10530 Keybindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10531 ===========
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10533 \\{octave-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10535 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10536 ==============================================
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10538 octave-auto-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10539 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10540 Default is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10542 octave-auto-newline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10543 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10544 Default is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10546 octave-blink-matching-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10547 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10548 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10550 octave-block-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10551 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10552 Default is 2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10554 octave-continuation-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10555 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10556 Default is 4.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10558 octave-continuation-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10559 String used for Octave continuation lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10560 Default is a backslash.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10562 octave-mode-startup-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10563 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10564 Default is t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10566 octave-send-echo-input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10567 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10568 command to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10570 octave-send-line-auto-forward
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10571 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10572 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10574 octave-send-echo-input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10575 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10577 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10579 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10580 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10582 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10583 (setq auto-mode-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10584 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10586 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10587 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10589 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10590 (lambda ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10591 (abbrev-mode 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10592 (auto-fill-mode 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10593 (if (eq window-system 'x)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10594 (font-lock-mode 1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10596 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10597 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10598 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10599 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10601 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10603 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10604 ;;;;;; (14045 29847))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10605 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10607 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10608 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10610 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10611 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10612 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10613 in which there are commands to set the option values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10614 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10616 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10618 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10620 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10621 ;;;;;; (14495 18064))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10622 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10624 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10625 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10626 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10627 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10629 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10630 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10631 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10632 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10634 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10635 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10636 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10637 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10638 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10639 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10641 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10642 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10644 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10645 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10646 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10647 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10648 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10649 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10650 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10651 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10652 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10653 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10654 The subheadings remain visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10655 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10657 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10658 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10659 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10661 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10662 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10664 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10665 Toggle Outline minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10666 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10667 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10669 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10670
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10671 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10672 ;;;;;; (14316 49544))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10673 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10674
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10675 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10676 *Toggle Show Paren mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10677 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10678 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10679 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10680 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10681
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10682 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10683
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10684 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10685
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10686 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10687 Toggle Show Paren mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10688 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10689 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10691 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10692 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10694 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10695
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10696 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14507
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10697 ;;;;;; 63078))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10698 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10700 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10701 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10702 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10704 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10705 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10706
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10707 Other useful functions are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10709 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10710 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10711 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10712 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10713 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10714 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10715 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10716 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10717 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10719 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10721 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10722 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10723 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10724 Indentation for case statements.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10725 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10726 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10727 mark after an end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10728 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10729 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10730 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10731 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10732 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10733 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10734 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10735 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10736 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10737 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10739 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10740 pascal-separator-keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10742 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10743 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10745 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10747 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10748 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10751 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10752 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10753 The keys affected are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10754 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10755 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10756 M-Backspace does undo.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10757 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10758 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10759 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10761 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10763 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10764 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (13674 34216))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10767 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10768 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10770 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10772 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10773 which modify the status of the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10775 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10776 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10778 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10779 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10781 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10782 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10783 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10784 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10785 turning pc-selection-mode on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10787 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10788 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10790 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10791 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10792 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10794 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10795 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10796 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10798 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10799 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10801 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10802 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10803 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10805 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10806 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10807 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10808
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10809 F6 other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10810 DELETE delete-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10811 C-DELETE kill-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10812 M-DELETE kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10813 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10814 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10815 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10817 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10818 Toggle PC Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10819 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10820 and cursor movement commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10821 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10822 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10824 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10826 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10828 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10829
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10830 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-status cvs-update cvs-examine
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10831 ;;;;;; cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "pcvs.el" (14619 3307))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10832 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10833
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10834 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10835 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10836 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10837 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10838
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10839 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10840
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10841 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10842 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10843 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10844 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10845 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10846 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10847 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10848 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10849
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10850 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10851 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10852 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10853 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10854 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10855 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10856
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10857 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10858 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10859 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10860 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10861 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10862 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10863 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10864
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10865 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10866
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10867 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10868 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10869 NIL means never do it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10870 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10871 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10872 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10873
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10874 (progn (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.\nThe exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (cvs-examine (file-name-directory dir) t t))))))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10875
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10876 ;;;***
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10877
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
10878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14552 48685))
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
10879 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
10880
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
10881 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
10882
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
10883 ;;;***
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
10884
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10885 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10886 ;;;;;; (13639 61036))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10887 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10889 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10890 Major mode for editing Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10891 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10892 Tab indents for Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10893 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10894 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10895 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10896 \\{perl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10897 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10898 perl-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10899 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10900 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10901 perl-tab-to-comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10902 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10903 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10904 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10905 perl-nochange
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10906 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10907 perl-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10908 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10909 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10910 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10911 perl-continued-statement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10912 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10913 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10914 perl-continued-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10915 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10916 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10917 perl-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10918 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10919 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10920 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10921 this far to the right of the start of its line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10922 perl-label-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10923 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10925 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10926 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10927 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10928 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10929 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10930 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10931 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10933 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10935 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10937 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10938 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10939 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10941 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10942 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10943 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10944 afterwards settable by these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10945 C-c < Move left after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10946 C-c > Move right after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10947 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10948 C-c . Move down after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10949 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10950 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10951 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10952 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10953 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10954 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10955 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10956 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10957 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10958 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10959 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10960 with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10961 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10962 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10963 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10964 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10965 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10966 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10967 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10968 Return Move to beginning of next line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10969 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10970 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10971 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10972 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10973 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10974 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10975 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10976 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10977 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10978 You can manipulate text with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10979 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10980 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10981 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10982 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10983 text is saved in the kill ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10984 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10985 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10986 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10987 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10988 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10989 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10990 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10991 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10992 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10993 commands if invoked soon enough.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10994 You can return to the previous mode with:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10995 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10996 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10998 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11000 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11001 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11003 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11005 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11006
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11007 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14453 55473))
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11009
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11010 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11011 Play pong and waste time.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11012 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11013 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11014
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11015 pong-mode keybindings:
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11016 \\<pong-mode-map>
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11017
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11018 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11019
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11020 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11021
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11022 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11023 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11024 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11026 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11027 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11028 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11029 can handle, whenever this is possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11030 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11032 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11033 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11034 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11035 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11036 in the variable `values'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11038 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11039 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11040 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11041 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11043 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11045 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11046 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11047 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11049 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11050 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11051 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11052 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11053 \\{prolog-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11054 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11055 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11057 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11058 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11060 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11061
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11063 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11065 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11066 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11067 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11069 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11070
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11071 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11072 ;;;;;; 3795))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11074
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11075 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11076 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11077
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11078 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11079
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11080 The following variables hold user options, and can
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11081 be set through the `customize' command:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11082
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11083 ps-mode-auto-indent
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11084 ps-mode-tab
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11085 ps-mode-paper-size
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11086 ps-mode-print-function
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11087 ps-run-prompt
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11088 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11089 ps-run-x
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11090 ps-run-dumb
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11091 ps-run-init
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11092 ps-run-error-line-numbers
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11093 ps-run-tmp-dir
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11094
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11095 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11096
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11097
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11098 \\{ps-mode-map}
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11099
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11100
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11101 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11102 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11103 The keymap for this second window is:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11104
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11105 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11106
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11107
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11108 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11109 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11110 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11111 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11112 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11113 " t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11114
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11115 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11116
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11117 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11118 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
27164
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11119 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
11120 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14588 21278))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11121 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11122
27164
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11123 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11124 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11125
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11126 Valid values are:
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11127
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11128 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11129 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11130 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11131 changed by setting the variable
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11132 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11133 The initial value of this variable is
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11134 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11135 documentation).
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11136
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11137 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11138 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11139 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11140 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11141 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11142 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11143 test it.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11144
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11145 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11146 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11147 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11148 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11149 source file. BDF fonts are included in
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11150 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11151 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11152 use this value, be sure to have installed
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11153 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11154 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11155 documentation of this variable).
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11156
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11157 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11158 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11159 characters. This is convenient when you want or
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11160 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11161 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11162 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11163
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11164 Any other value is treated as nil.")
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11165
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11166 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11167 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11168 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11170 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11172 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11173 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11175 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11177 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11179 Returns the value:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11180
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11181 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11183 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11184 the sequence." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11185
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11186 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11187 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11188
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11189 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11190 composition.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11191
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11192 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11193
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11194 Returns the value:
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11195
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11196 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11197
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11198 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11199 the sequence." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11200
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11201 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11202 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11204 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11205 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11206 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11208 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11209
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11210 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11212 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11213 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11214 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11215 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11216 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
11217 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14602 58229))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11218 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11220 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
26118
cac2b0da7b3a Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26084
diff changeset
11221 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11222 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11223 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11224
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11225 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11226 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11227
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11228 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11229 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11231 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11232 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11233 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11235 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11236 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11237 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11239 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11240 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11241 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11242 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11243 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11245 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11246 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11247 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11249 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11250 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11251 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11252 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11253 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11255 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11256 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11257 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11258 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11260 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11262 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11263 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11264 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11265 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11266 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11268 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11270 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11271 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11272 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11274 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11276 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11277 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11278 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11279 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11280 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11282 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11284 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11285 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11287 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11288 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11289 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11291 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11292 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11293 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11295 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11296 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11297 using the current ps-print setup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11298 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11299 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11301 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11302 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11303 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11305 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11306 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11307 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11309 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11310 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11312 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11313 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11315 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11316 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11318 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11320 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11322 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11323 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11325 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11326 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11328 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11330 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11331
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11332 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11334 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11335 foreground and background colors respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11337 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11338 bold - use bold font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11339 italic - use italic font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11340 underline - put a line under text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11341 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11342 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11343 shadow - text will have a shadow.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11344 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11345 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11347 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11349 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11351 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11352 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11353 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11354 ;;;;;; (14551 28773))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11355 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11357 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11358 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11359 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11361 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11362 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11363 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11364 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11365 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11366 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11367 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11369 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11370 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11371 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11372 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11373 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11374 shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11375 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11377 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11379 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11380 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11381 command to be called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11383 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11384 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11385 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11386 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11388 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11389 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11390 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11391 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11392 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11393 to t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11395 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11396 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11397 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11398 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11400 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11401 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11402 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11403 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11405 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11406 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11407 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11408 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11409 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11410 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11412 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11413 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11414 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11415 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11416 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11417 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11419 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11420 covers Quail translation region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11422 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11423 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11424 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11425 for it) is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11427 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11428 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11429 vs. corresponding command to be called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11431 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11432 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11433 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11435 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11436 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11438 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11439 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11440 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11441 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11442 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11444 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11445 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11446 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11447 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11448 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11449 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11450 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11451 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11452 for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11453 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11455 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11456 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11458 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11459 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11460
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11461 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11462 which to install MAP.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11463
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11464 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11466 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11467 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11468 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11469 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11470 a function, or a cons.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11471 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11472 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11473 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11474 for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11475 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11476 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11477 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11478 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11479 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11481 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11482 it is used to handle KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11483
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11484 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11485 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11486 current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11488 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11489 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11491 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11492 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11494 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11495 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11496 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11497 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11498 of the Emacs source tree.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11500 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11501 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11503 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11504 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11505 of each directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11507 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11509 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11510 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11511 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14554
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11512 ;;;;;; 7245))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
11513 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11515 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11516 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11517 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11518 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11520 To make use of this do something like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11522 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11524 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11526 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11528 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11529 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11531 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11532 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11534 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11535 is decided." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11537 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11539 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11540 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11542 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11543 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11545 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11546 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11548 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11550 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11552 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11553 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11555 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11556
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
11557 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (13149
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11558 ;;;;;; 16808))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
11559 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11561 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11562 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11563 See \\[compile]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11564
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11565 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11566
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11567 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11568 ;;;;;; (14539 41135))
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11569 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11570
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11571 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11572 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11573
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11574 ;;;***
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11575
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11576 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-open-more-files recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11577 ;;;;;; recentf-save-list recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (14539
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11578 ;;;;;; 49146))
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11579 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11580
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11581 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11582 Toggle recentf mode.
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11583 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11584 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on).
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11585
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11586 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11587 were operated on recently." t nil)
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11588
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11589 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11590 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11591
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11592 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11593 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11594
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11595 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11596 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11597
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11598 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11599 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11600
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11601 ;;;***
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
11602
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11603 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11604 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11605 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11606 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14537
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11607 ;;;;;; 23030))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11608 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11610 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11611 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11612 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11613 spaces and tab.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11614
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11615 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11616 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11618 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11619 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11620 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11621 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11622 ends.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11623
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11624 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11625 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11626 to be deleted." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11628 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11629 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11630 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11631
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11632 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11633 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11634 deleted." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11636 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11637 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11638 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11640 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11641 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11642
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11643 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11644 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11645
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11646 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11647 deleted." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11649 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11650 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11652 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11653 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11654 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11655 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11656 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11657 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11658 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11660 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11661 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11662
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11663 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11664 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11665
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11666 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11667 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11668 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11669 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11671 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11672 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11673 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11674 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11675 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11676
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11677 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11678 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11680 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11681 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11682
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11683 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11684 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11685 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11686
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11687 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11688 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11689
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11690 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11691 Blank out the region-rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11692 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11693
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11694 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11695 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11696 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11697
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11698 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11699
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11700 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11701 ;;;;;; (14495 18077))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11702 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11704 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11705 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11706
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11707 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11708 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11709
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11710 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11711 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11712
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11713 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11714 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11715 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11716 \\ref macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11718 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11719 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11720 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11721
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11722 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11723 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11724 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11726 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11727 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11729 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11730 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11732 \\{reftex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11733 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11734 on the menu bar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11736 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11737
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11738 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11739
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11740 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11741 ;;;;;; (14495 18066))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11742 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11743
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11744 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11745 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11746 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11747 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11748 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11749 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11751 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11752
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11753 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11754
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11755 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11756 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11757 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11758 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11760 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11761 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11762 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11763 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11765 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11766
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11767 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11768 ;;;;;; (14495 18068))
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11769 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11770
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11771 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11772 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11773 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11774
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11775 To insert new phrases, use
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11776 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11777 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11778
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11779 To index phrases use one of:
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11780
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11781 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11782 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11783 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11784 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11785 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11786
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11787 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11788 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11789
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11790 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11791
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11792 Here are all local bindings.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11793
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11794 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11795
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11796 ;;;***
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
11797
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11798 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
11799 ;;;;;; (14619 3367))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11800 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11802 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11803 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11804 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11805 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11806 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11807 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11808
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11809 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
11810 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren))" nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11812 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11813 Return the depth of REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11814 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11815 in REGEXP." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11817 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11818
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11819 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11820 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11821
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11822 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11823 Repeat most recently executed command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11824 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11825 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11826 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11828 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11829 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11830 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11832 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11834 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11835 ;;;;;; (14356 24412))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11836 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11837
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11838 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11839 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11840
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11841 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11842 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11843 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11844
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11845 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11846 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11847 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11848 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11849 left after that text.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11850
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11851 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11852 is non-nil.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11853
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11854 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11855 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11856 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11857 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11859 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11861 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11862 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11863 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11865 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11866 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11867 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11868 visibility of comments that precede it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11869 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11870 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11871 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11872 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11873 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11874 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11875 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11876 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11877 the comment lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11878 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11879 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11880 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11881 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11882 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11883 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11884
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11885 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11887 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11888 ;;;;;; 50658))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11889 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11891 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11892 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11894 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11896 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11897 ;;;;;; (14283 6810))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11898 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11900 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11901 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11903 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11904 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11906 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11907
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
11908 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
11909 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11910 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11911
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11912 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11913 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11914 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11915 other arguments for `rlogin'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11917 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11919 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11920 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11921 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11922 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11924 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11925 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11927 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11928 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11930 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11931 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11932 INPUT-ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11934 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11935 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11936 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11937 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11938 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11940 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11941 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11942 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11943 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11945 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11946 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11947 variable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11949 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11951 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
11952 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
11953 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
11954 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
11955 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
11956 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
11957 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14623 46032))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11958 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11960 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11961 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11962 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11963 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11965 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11966 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11967 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11968 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11969 value is the user's name.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11970 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11972 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11973 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11974 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11975 which normally happens once for each message,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11976 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11977 To make a change in this variable take effect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11978 for a message that you have already viewed,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11979 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11981 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11982 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11983 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11984 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11986 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11987 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11989 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11990 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11991 A value of nil means don't highlight.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11992 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11994 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11995 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11997 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11998 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12000 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12001 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12002 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12003 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12004 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12006 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12007 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12009 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12010 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12012 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12013 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12014
28292
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28288
diff changeset
12015 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote yes-or-no-p) "\
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28288
diff changeset
12016 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28288
diff changeset
12017
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12018 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12019 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12021 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12022 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12024 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12025 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12026
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12027 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12028 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12029
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12030 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12031 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12032 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12033 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12035 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12036 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12038 This is set to nil by default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12040 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12041 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12042 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12043 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12044 until a user explicitly requires it.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12046 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12047 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12049 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12050 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12051 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12052 this feature is required with `require'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12054 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12055 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12056 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12057 the message is decoded as normal way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12059 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12060 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12061 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12063 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12064 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12065 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12067 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12068 Read and edit incoming mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12069 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12070 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12071 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12073 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12074 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12075 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12076 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12078 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12080 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12081 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12082 All normal editing commands are turned off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12083 Instead, these commands are available:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12085 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12086 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12087 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12088 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12089 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12090 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12091 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12092 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12093 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12094 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12095 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12096 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12097 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12098 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12099 till a deleted message is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12100 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12101 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12102 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12103 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12104 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12105 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12106 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12107 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12108 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12109 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12110 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12111 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12112 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12113 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12114 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12115 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12116 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12117 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12118 (label defaults to last one specified).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12119 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12120 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12121 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12122 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12123 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12124 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12125 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12126 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12127 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12129 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12130 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12132 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12133 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12134
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12135 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12137 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12138 ;;;;;; (14387 64145))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12139 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12141 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12142 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12144 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12146 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12147 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12148 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12149 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12151 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12152 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12153 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12155 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12156 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12157 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12159 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12161 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12162 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12163 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12164 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12165 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12167 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12168 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12169 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12170 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12171 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12173 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12175 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12176 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12177 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12179 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12180 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12181 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12182 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12184 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12186 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12187 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12188 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14179 6393))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12189 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12191 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12192 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12193 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12194 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12195 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12196 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12197 a file name as a string.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12199 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12200 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12201 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12202 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12203 buffer visiting that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12204 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12205 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12207 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12208 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12209
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12210 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12211 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12213 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12214 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12216 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12217 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12218 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12219 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12220 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12222 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12223 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12224 will be appended with their original headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12226 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12227 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12229 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12230 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12232 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12234 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12235 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12236 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12238 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12240 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12241 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12242 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12243 ;;;;;; 26387))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12244 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12246 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12247 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12248 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12250 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12251 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12252 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12254 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12255 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12256 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12258 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12259 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12260 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12262 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12263 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12264 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12266 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12267 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12268 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12270 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12271 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12272 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12273 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12275 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12276
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12277 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12278 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12279 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12280 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
12281 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (14597 48840))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12282 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12284 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12285 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12287 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12288 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12290 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12291 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12293 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12294 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12295 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12297 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12298 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12299 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12300 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12301 only look in the To and From fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12302 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12304 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12305 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12306 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12307 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12308 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12310 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12311 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12312 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12313 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12314 look in the whole message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12315 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12317 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12318 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12319 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12321 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12322 *Function to decode summary-line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12324 By default, `identity' is set.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12325
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12326 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12327 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12328 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12329 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12330 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12331 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12332 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12333
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12334 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12335 sent by you under different user names.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12336 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12337
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12338 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12339
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12340 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12342 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12343 ;;;;;; (14263 36299))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12344 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12346 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12347 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12348 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12349 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12351 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12353 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12354 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12355 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12357 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12358 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12359 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12361 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12362 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12364 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12366 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12367 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12368 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12369 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12370 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12372 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12373 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12375 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12377 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12379 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12380 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12382 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12383 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12385 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12386 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12388 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12389 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12391 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12392 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12394 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12395 This function is obsolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12397 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12399 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
12400 ;;;;;; (14432 37919))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12403 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12404 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
12405 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12407 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12408 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12409 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12410 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12411 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12412 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12414 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12415 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12416 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12417 \\{scheme-mode-map}
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
12418 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12419 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12421 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12422 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
12423 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12425 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12426 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12427 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12428 \\{scheme-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12429 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12430 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12431 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12433 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12435 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12436 ;;;;;; (14030 49477))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12437 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12439 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12440 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12441 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12443 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12445 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12446
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12447 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12448 ;;;;;; 55098))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12449 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12451 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12452 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12453 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12454 \\{scribe-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12456 Interesting variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12458 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12459 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12461 scribe-electric-quote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12462 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12464 scribe-electric-parenthesis
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12465 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12466 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12468 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12470 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12471 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12472 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12473 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
12474 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14603 14745))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12475 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12477 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12478 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12480 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12481 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12482 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12483 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12484 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12485 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12486 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12487 derived from the envelope-from address.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12488
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12489 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12490 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12491 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12492 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12493
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12494 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from t "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12495 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12496 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12497
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12498 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12499 is a privileged operation.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12501 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12502 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12503 This is done when the message is initialized,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12504 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12506 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12507 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12508 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12510 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12511 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12513 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12514 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12515 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12516 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12518 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12519 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12521 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12522 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12523 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12525 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12526 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12527 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12528 when you first send mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12530 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12531 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12532 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12533 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12534 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12536 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12537 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12538 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12539 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12540 This file need not actually exist.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12542 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12543 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12544 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12545 If a string, that string is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12546 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12547 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12548 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12549 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12551 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12552 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12553 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12554 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12555 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12556 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12557 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12558 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12559 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12560 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12561 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12562 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12563 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12564
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12565 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12566 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12567 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12568 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12569 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12570 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12572 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12573 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12574 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12576 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12577 User should not set this variable manually,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12578 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12579 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12580 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12581 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12583 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12584 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12585 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12586 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12588 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12589 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12591 \\<mail-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12592 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12594 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12595 to move to message header fields:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12596 \\{mail-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12598 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12599 when the message is initialized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12601 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12602 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12604 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12605 is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12607 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12608 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12610 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12611 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12613 The second through fifth arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12614 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12615 the initial contents of those header fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12616 These arguments should not have final newlines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12617 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12618 original message being replied to, or else an action
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12619 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12620 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12621 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12622 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12623 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12624 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12626 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12627 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12629 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12630 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12632 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12633
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12634 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14263 33343))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12635 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12636
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12637 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12638 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12639 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12640 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12641 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12642 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12644 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12646 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12648 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12649 ;;;;;; (14501 37288))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12650 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12652 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12653 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12654 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12655 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12656 `sgml-quick-keys'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12658 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12659 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12660 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12662 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12663 your `.emacs' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12665 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12667 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12668 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12669 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12671 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12672 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12673 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12674 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12675 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12676 which this is based.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12678 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12680 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12681 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12682 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12683 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12685 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12686 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12687 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12689 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12690 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12691 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12692 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12694 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12695 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12696 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12697 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12699 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12701 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12702 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12703 To work around that, do:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12704 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12706 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12708 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12710 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
28939
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
12711 ;;;;;; (14624 22794))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12714 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12716 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12717 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12718 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12719 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12720 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12721 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12723 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12724 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12725 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12726 shell-specific features.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12728 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12729 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12730 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12732 \\[sh-case] case statement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12733 \\[sh-for] for loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12734 \\[sh-function] function definition
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12735 \\[sh-if] if statement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12736 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12737 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12738 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12739 \\[sh-select] select loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12740 \\[sh-until] until loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12741 \\[sh-while] while loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12742
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12743 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12744 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12745 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12746 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12747 would indent to the way it currently is.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12748 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12749 buffer indents as it currently is indendeted.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12750
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12751
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12752 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12753 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12754 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12755 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12756 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12757 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12759 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12760 {, (, [, ', \", `
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12761 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12763 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12764 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12765 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12767 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12768 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12770 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12772 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12774 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12775 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12776 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12778 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12779 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12781 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12782 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12783 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12784 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12785 the earlier.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12787 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12789 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12791 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12792 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12793 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12795 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12796 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12798 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12799 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12800 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12801 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12802 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12803 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12804 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12805 emacs version).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12807 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12808 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12809 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12810 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12811 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12813 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12814 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12815 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12817 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12819 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12820 ;;;;;; (14263 35978))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12821 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12823 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12824 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12825 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12826 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12827 shell buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12829 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12830 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12831 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12833 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12835 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12836 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12837 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12838 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12839 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12840 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12841 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12842 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12843 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12844 discards input when it starts up.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12845 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12846 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12847 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12849 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12850 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12851 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12852 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12853 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12854 `default-process-coding-system'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12856 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12857 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12858 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12859 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12861 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12862 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12864 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12865
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12866 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12867 ;;;;;; 23740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12868 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12870 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12871 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12872 \\{simula-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12873 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12874 simula-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12875 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12876 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12877 simula-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12878 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12879 simula-substatement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12880 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12881 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12882 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12883 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12884 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12885 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12886 simula-label-offset -4711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12887 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12888 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12889 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12890 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12891 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12892 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12893 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12894 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12895 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12896 simula-electric-indent nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12897 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12898 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12899 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12900 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12901 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12902 or nil if they should not be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12903 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12904 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12905 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12906 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12908 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12909 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12911 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12912 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12913 at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12915 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12917 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12918 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12919 ;;;;;; (13940 33497))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12920 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12922 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12923 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12925 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12926 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12927 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12928 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12929 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12931 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12932 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12933 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12934 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12935 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12936 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12937 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12939 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12940 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12941 ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12943 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12944 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12945 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12946 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12947 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12948 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12949 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12951 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12952 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12953 ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12955 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12956 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12958 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12959 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12960 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12961 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12963 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12964 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12965 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12966 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12968 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12969 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12970 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12972 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12973 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12975 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12976 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12978 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12979 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12980 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12981 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12982 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12983 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12984 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12985 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12986 nil skipped
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12988 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12989 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12990 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12991 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12992 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12993 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12994 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12995 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12997 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12998 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12999 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13000 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13001 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13002 available:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13004 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13005 then: insert previously read string once more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13006 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13007 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13008 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13010 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13011 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13013 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13014 Insert the character you type ARG times.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13016 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13017 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13018 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13019 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13021 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13022 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13023 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13025 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13026
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
13027 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14552
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
13028 ;;;;;; 48942))
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13029 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13030
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13031 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13032 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13033 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13034
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13035 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13036
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13037 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
13038 ;;;;;; (14342 21398))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13039 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13041 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13043 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13044
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13045 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13046 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13048 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13049 Play the Snake game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13050 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13052 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13054 snake-mode keybindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13055 \\<snake-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13056 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13057 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13058 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13059 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13060 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13061 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13062 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13064 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13066 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13067
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
13068 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13069 ;;;;;; (14082 18459))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
13070 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13072 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13073 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13074 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13075 Tab indents for C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13076 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13077 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13078 \\{snmp-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13079 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13080 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13082 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13083 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13084 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13085 Tab indents for C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13086 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13087 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13088 \\{snmp-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13089 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13090 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13092 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13094 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13095 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13096 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13097 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13099 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13100 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13102 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13103 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13104 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13106 For example, the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13108 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13109 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13111 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13113 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13114 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13116 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13117 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13118 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13119 York City.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13121 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13123 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13124 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13125
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13126 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13127 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13128 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13129 York City.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13131 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13133 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13134 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13135 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13136 pair.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13138 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13140 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13141 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13142 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13144 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13145 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13147 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13149 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13150 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13151 Requires floating point." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13153 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13155 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13156 ;;;;;; 20348))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13157 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13159 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13160 Play Solitaire.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13162 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13163 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13164 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13165 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13166 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13167 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13168 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13169 check after each move or undo)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13171 What is Solitaire?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13173 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13174 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13175 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13177 Le Solitaire
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13178 ============
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13180 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13182 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13184 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13186 o o o . o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13188 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13190 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13192 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13194 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13195 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13196 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13197 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13199 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13200 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13201 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13202 this: o o .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13204 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13205 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13207 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13209 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13211 . o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13213 o o . o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13215 o . o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13217 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13219 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13221 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13223 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13225 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13227 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13229 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13230 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
13231 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14481 36636))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13232 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13234 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13235 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13236 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13238 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13239 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13240 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13241 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13242 contiguous.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13244 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13245 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13246 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13247 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13249 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13250 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13252 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13253 It moves point to the start of the next record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13254 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13255 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13256 is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13258 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13259 It should move point to the end of the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13261 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13262 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13263 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13264 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13265 starts at the beginning of the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13267 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13268 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13269 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13271 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13272 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13273 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13274 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13275 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13276 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13278 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13279 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13280 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13281 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13282 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13283 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13285 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13286 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13287 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13288 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13289 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13290 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13292 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13293 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13294 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
13295 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
13296 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
13297 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13298 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13299 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13300 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13302 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13303 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13304 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13305 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13306 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13307 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13308 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13309 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13311 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13312 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13313 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13314 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13315 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13316 is to be used for sorting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13317 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13318 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13319 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13320 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13321 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13323 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13325 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13326 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13328 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13329 starting with the letter \"f\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13330 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13331
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13332 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13333 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13334 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13335 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13336 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13337 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13338 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13339 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13341 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13342 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13343 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13344 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13345 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13347 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13348 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13349 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13351 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13353 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
28939
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
13354 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14625 15888))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13355 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13357 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13359 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13360 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13361 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13362 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13363 supported at a time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13364 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13365 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13367 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13368 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13369 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13370 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13372 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13374 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13375 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13376 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13378 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13380 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13381 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13382 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13383 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13384 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13385 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13387 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13388 Check spelling of word at or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13389 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13390 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13392 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13393 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13394 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13395 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13396 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13398 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13399 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13401 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13403 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13404 ;;;;;; 43485))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13405 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13407 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13408 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13410 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13411 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13413 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13415 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
13416 ;;;;;; (14395 64503))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13417 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13419 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13420 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13422 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13423 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13425 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13427 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13429 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13431 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13432 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13433 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13434 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13435 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13436 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13437 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13439 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13441 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13442 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13443 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13444 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13446 Put a line with a call to autoload into your `~/.emacs' file for each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13447 entry function you want to use regularly:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13449 \(autoload 'sql-postgres \"sql\" \"Interactive SQL mode.\" t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13451 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13452 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13453 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13454 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13456 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13457 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13458 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13460 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13461 Major mode to edit SQL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13463 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13464 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13465 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13466
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13467 \\{sql-mode-map}
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13468 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13470 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13471 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13472 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13473 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13474 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13475 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13477 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13478 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13480 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13481 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13483 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13484 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13485 `*SQL*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13487 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13488 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13490 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13491 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13493 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13494 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13495 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13496 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13497 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13498 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13499 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13500 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13502 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13503 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13505 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13507 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13509 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13510 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13511 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke)
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
13512 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (14527 50024))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13513 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13515 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13516 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13518 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13519 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13520 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13521 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13522 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13523 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13525 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13527 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13528 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13529 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13530 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13531 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13532 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13533 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13535 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13536 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13537 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13538 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13539 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13540 then complete the stroke with button3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13541 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13543 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13544 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13545 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13547 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13548 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13549 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13551 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13552 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13554 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13556 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13557 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13558
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13559 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13560 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13562 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13564 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13565 Toggle strokes being enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13566 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13567 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13568 mode in all buffers when activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13569 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13570 new strokes with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13572 > M-x global-set-stroke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13574 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13575 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13576 strokes with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13578 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13579 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13581 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13583 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13584 ;;;;;; (14565 55801))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13585 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13587 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13588 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13589 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13590 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13591 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13592 original message but it does require a few things:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13594 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13596 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13597 reply buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13599 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13600 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13601 original message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13603 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13605 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13607 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13608 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13609 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13611 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13612
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
13613 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13614 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13616 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13617 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13618 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13619 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13620 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13622 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13623 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13624 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13625 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13626 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13627 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13628 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13630 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13631
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13632 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13633 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13635 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13636 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13638 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13639
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
13640 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14495 17995))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13641 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13643 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13644 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13645 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13646 Letters no longer insert themselves.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13647 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13648 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13649 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13651 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13652 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13653 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13654 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13656 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13657 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13659 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13660
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13661 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13662 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14248 50428))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13663 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13664
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13665 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13666 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13667 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13668 Tab indents for Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13669 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13670 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13671
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13672 Variables controlling indentation style:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13673 tcl-indent-level
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13674 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13675 tcl-continued-indent-level
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13676 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13677
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13678 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13679 documentation for details):
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13680 tcl-tab-always-indent
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13681 Controls action of TAB key.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13682 tcl-auto-newline
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13683 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13684 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13685 tcl-electric-hash-style
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13686 Controls action of `#' key.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13687 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13688 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13689 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13690 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13691 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13692 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13693
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13694 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13695 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13696 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13697 already exist.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13698
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13699 Commands:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13700 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13701
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13702 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13703 Run inferior Tcl process.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13704 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13705 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13706
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13707 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13708 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13709 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13710
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13711 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13712
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
13713 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (13858 52416))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
13714 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13715 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13717 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13718 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13719 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13720 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13721 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13722 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13723 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13724 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13726 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13727 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13728 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13729 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13731 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13732
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13733 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14268
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13734 ;;;;;; 17354))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13735 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13737 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13738 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13739 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13740 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13741 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13742 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13744 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13745 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13747 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13748 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13750 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13751
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13752 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14280
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13753 ;;;;;; 10588))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13754 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13756 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13757 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13758 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13759 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13760 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13761 program as keyboard input.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13763 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13764 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13765 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13766 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13768 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13769 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13770 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13771 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13772 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13774 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13776 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13777 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13778 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13779 terminal-redisplay-interval.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13781 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13782 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13783 subprocess started." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13785 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13786
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13787 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13788 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13790 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13791 Play the Tetris game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13792 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13793 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13794 as to form complete rows.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13796 tetris-mode keybindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13797 \\<tetris-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13798 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13799 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13800 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13801 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13802 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13803 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13804 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13805 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13807 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13808
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13809 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13811 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13812 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13813 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13814 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13815 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13816 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13817 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
13818 ;;;;;; (14365 34873))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13819 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13821 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13822 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13824 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13825 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13826 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13827 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13828 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13830 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13831 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13832 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13833 if it matches the first line of the file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13834 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13836 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13837 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13838 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13839 if the variable is non-nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13841 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13842 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13844 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13845 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13846 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13847 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13849 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13850 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13851 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13852 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13854 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13855 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13856 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13857 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13859 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13860 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13861 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13862 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13864 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13865 *User defined LaTeX block names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13866 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13868 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13869 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13870 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13871 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13873 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13874 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13875 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13876 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13877
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13878 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13879 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13880 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13881 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13883 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13884 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13885 for example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13887 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13888 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13890 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13891 use.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13893 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13894 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13895 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13896 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13898 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13899 window system being used. For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13901 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13902 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13904 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13905 otherwise.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13907 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13908 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13909 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13910
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13911 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13912 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13913 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13914 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13915 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13917 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13918 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13920 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13921 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13923 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13924 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13925 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13926 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13927 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13928 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13929 says which mode to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13931 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13933 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13935 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13937 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13938 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13939 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13940 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13941 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13943 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13944 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13945 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13946 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13947 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13948 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13949 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13951 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13952 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13954 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13955 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13957 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13958 tex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13959 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13960 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13961 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13962 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13963 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13964 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13965 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13966 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13967 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13968 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13969 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13970 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13971 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13972 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13974 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13975 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13976 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13978 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13979 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13980 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13981 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13982 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13984 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13985 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13986 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13987 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13988 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13989 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13990 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13992 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13993 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13995 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13996 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13998 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13999 latex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14000 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14001 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14002 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14003 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14004 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14005 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14006 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14007 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14008 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14009 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14010 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14011 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14012 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14013 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14015 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14016 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14017 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14019 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14020 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14021 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14022 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14023 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14025 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14026 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14027 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14028 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14029 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14030 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14031 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14032
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14033 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14034 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14036 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14037 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14039 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14040 slitex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14041 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14042 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14043 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14044 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14045 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14046 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14047 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14048 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14049 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14050 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14051 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14052 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14053 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14054 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14056 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14057 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14058 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14059 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14060
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14061 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14063 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14065 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
14066 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14600 18796))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14067 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14069 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14070 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14071 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14072 name specified in the @setfilename command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14074 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14075 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14076 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14078 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14079 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14080 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14081 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14082 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14084 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14085 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14086 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14087 names specified in the @setfilename command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14089 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14090 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14091 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14092 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14094 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14095 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14097 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14099 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
14100 ;;;;;; (14587 10351))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14101 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14103 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14104 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14106 It has these extra commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14107 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14109 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14110 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14111 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14112 modified version of TeX input format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14114 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14115 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14116 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14117 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14119 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14120 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14121 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14122 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14123 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14124 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14125 in the Texinfo file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14127 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14128 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14129 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14130 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14131 move forward past the closing brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14133 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14134 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14136 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14137 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14138 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14140 Here are the functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14142 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14143 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14144 texinfo-sequential-node-update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14146 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14147 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14148 texinfo-master-menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14150 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14152 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14153 which menu descriptions are indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14155 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14156 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14157 in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14159 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14160 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14161 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14162 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14164 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14165 be the first node in the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14166
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
14167 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
14168 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14170 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14172 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14173 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14174 ;;;;;; (14263 36019))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14175 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14177 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14178 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14179 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14180
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14181 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14182 keybindings, are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14184 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14185 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14186 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14188 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14189 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14190 texinfo-master-menu ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14192 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14194 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14195 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14197 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14198 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14200 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14201 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14203 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14204 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14205 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14206 `p' takes you straight through the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14208 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14209 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14210 marked region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14212 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14213 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14214 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14215 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14217 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14218
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14219 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14220 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14221 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (14623 45991))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14222 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14224 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14225 Compose Thai characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14226 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14227 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14229 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14230 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14232 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14233 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14235 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14236
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14237 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14238 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14239 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14240 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14241 to compose.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14242
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14243 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14245 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14246
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14247 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14248 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14249 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14495 17997))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14250 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14252 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14253 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14255 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14256 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14257 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14258 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14259 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14261 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14262 a symbol as a valid THING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14264 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14265 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14267 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14268 Return the THING at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14269 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14270 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14271 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14273 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14274 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14275
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14276 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14277
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14278 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14279
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14280 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14281
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14282 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14283
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14284 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14286 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14287 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14288 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14289 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14290 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (14623 45991))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14291 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14292
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14293 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14294 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14295 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14296
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14297 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14298 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14299
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14300 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14301 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14302 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14304 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14305 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14307 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14308 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14309
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14310 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-region) (quote decompose-region))
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14311
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14312 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-string) (quote decompose-string))
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14313
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14314 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14316 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14317 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14318 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14320 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14321 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14322 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14324 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14326 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14328 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14329
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14330 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
14331 ;;;;;; (14357 30776))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14332 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14333
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14334 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14335 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14336 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14337 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14338 parameters.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14339 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14340
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14341 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14342 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14343 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14344 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14345 parameters.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14346 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14347
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14348 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14349
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14350 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14351 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14619 48411))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14352 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14353
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14354 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14355 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14356 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14357 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14358
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14359 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14360
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14361 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14362
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14363 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14364 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14366 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14367 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14368 This display updates automatically every minute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14369 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14370 are displayed as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14371 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14373 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14374 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14375 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14377 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14378 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14379 are displayed as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14380 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14382 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14384 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
14385 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14599 11147))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14386 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14388 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14389 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14390 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14391 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14392 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14393 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14394 look like one of the following:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14395 Time-stamp: <>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14396 Time-stamp: \" \"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14397 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14398 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14399 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14400 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14401 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14402 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14403 template." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14405 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14406 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14407 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14409 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14411 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14412 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14413 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (13316 52821))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14414 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14416 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14418 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14419 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14421 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14422 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14424 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14425 Perform an action at time TIME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14426 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14427 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14428 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14429 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14430 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14431 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14433 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14435 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14436 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14437 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14438 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14439 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14441 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14443 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14444 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14445 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14446 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14448 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14449 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14450 If REPEAT is non-nil, do this each time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14451 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14452 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14454 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14455 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14457 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14458 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14459 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14460 The call should look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14461 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14462 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14463 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14464 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14465 be detected." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14467 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14469 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14470 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14471 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14473 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14474 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14475 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14476 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14478 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14479 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14480 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14481 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14482 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14483 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14484 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14486 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14488 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
14489 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14467 13719))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14490 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14491 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14492 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14493 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14495 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14496 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14497 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14498 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14499 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14501 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14502 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14503 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14504 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14505 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14507 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14508 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14509 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14510 in the menu in two ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14511 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14512 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14513 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14515 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14516 keymap or an alist of alists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14517 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14518 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14520 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14521
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14522 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-insert-item)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14523 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (14619 58196))
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14524 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14525
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14526 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14527 Insert new TODO list entry.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14528 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14529 category." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14530
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14531 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14532 Print todo summary using \\[todo-print-function].
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14533 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14534 between each category.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14535
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14536 Number of entries for each category is given by
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14537 'todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14538
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14539 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14540 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14541
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14542 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14543
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14544 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14545 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary" nil nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14546
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14547 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14548 Show TODO list." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14549
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14550 ;;;***
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14551
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14552 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14553 ;;;;;; (14495 17998))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14554 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14556 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14557 Mode for tooltip display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14558 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14559
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14560 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14561 Toggle tooltip-mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14562 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14563 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14564
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14565 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14566
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14567 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14568
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14569 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14570
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14571 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14572 ;;;;;; 63726))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14573 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14575 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14577 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14579 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14580 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14582 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14584 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14585 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14586 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14588 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14589 Set scroll margins." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14591 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14592 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14594 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14595 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14597 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14598
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14599 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14600 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14602 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14603 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14604 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14605 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14606 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14608 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14610 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
14611 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14612 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14614 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14615 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14617 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14618 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14619 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14620 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14621 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14622 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14623 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14624 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14626 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14627 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14628 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14629 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14630 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14631 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14632 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14634 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14636 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14637 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14638 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14639 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14640 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14641 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14643 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14644 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14645 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14646 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14647 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14648 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14649 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14651 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14652 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14653 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14654 accepting the proposed default buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14656 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14658 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14659 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14660 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14661 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14662 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14663 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14664 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14666 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14667 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14669 First column's text sSs Second column's text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14670 \\___/\\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14671 / \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14672 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14674 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14676 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14678 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14679 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14680 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14681 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14263 36029))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14682 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14684 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14685 Toggle typing break mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14686 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14687 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14688 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14690 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14692 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14694 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14695 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14697 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14698 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14700 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14701 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14702 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14704 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14705 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14706
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14707 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14708 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14709 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14711 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14712 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14713 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14714 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14715 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14716 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14718 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14719 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14720 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14721 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14723 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14724 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14726 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14727 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14729 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14730 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14731 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14733 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14734 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14735 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14736 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14737 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14738 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14739 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14741 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14742 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14744 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14745 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14746 reset the keystroke counter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14748 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14749 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14750 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14751 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14753 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14754 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14755 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14756 `type-break-schedule' command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14758 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14759 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14760 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14761 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14762 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14763 or not to continue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14765 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14766 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14767 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14768 approximate good values for this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14770 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14771 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14773 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14774 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14775 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14776 `type-break-warning-repeat'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14777 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14778 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14780 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14781 a typing break occur. They include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14783 `type-break-query-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14784 `type-break-query-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14785 `type-break-query-interval'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14787 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14789 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14790 Take a typing break.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14792 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14793 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14795 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14796 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14798 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14799 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14800 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14801 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14803 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14804 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14806 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14807 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14808 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14809 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14810 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14811 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14812 average typing speed.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14814 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14815 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14816 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14817 the computed maximum threshold.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14819 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14820 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14821 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14822 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14823 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14825 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14827 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14828 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14829 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14831 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14832 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14833 Works by overstriking underscores.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14834 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14835 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14837 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14838 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14839 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14840 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14842 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14844 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
14845 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14846 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14848 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14849 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14850 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14852 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14853 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14854 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14855 following the containing message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14857 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14859 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14860 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14861 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14863 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14864 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14865 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14866 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14867 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14868 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14870 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14871 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14873 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14875 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
14876 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43297))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14877 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14879 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14880 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14881 This function has a choice of three things to do:
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14882 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14883 to refrain from editing the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14884 return t (grab the lock on the file)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14885 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14886 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14887 in any way you like." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14889 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14890 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14891 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14892 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14893 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14895 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14896 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14898 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14900 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14901 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14902 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14903 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14904 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
14905 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14565
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
14906 ;;;;;; 59735))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14907 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14909 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14910 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14911 See `run-hooks'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14913 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14914 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14915 See `run-hooks'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14917 (defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14918 *Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14920 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14921 Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14922 After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14923 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14924 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14925 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14927 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14928 Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14929 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14930 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14931
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14932 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14933 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14934 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14935 it will operate on the file in the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14936 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14937 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14938 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14939 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14940 lock steals will raise an error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14941 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14943 For RCS and SCCS files:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14944 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14945 control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14946 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14947 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14948 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14949 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14950 it performs a revert.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14951 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14952 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14953 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14954 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14955 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14956 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14957 the option to steal the lock.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14959 For CVS files:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14960 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14961 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14962 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14963 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14964 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14965 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14966 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14967 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14968 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14970 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14971 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14973 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14974 Display diffs between file versions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14975 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14976 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14977 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14978 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14980 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14981 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14982 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14983 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14985 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14986 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14987 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14988 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14990 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14992 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14993 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14994 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14996 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14998 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14999 Make a snapshot called NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15000 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15001 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15002 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15004 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15005 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15006 When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15007 the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15008 checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15009 If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15010 locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15012 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15013 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15015 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15016 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15017 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15018 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15019 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15020 use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15022 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15023 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15024 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15026 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15027 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15029 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15030 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15031 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15032 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15033 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15035 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15037 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15038 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15039 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15041 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15042 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15043 default directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15045 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15046 Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15047 New lines are displayed in red, old in blue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15048 A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15050 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15051 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15052 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15053 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15055 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15057 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
15058 ;;;;;; (14385 10956))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15059 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15060
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15061 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15062 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15064 Usage:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15065 ------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15067 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15068 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15069 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15070 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15071 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15072 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15073 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15074 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15075 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15076 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15077 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15078 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15079 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15080 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15081 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15082 The following abbreviations can also be used:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15083 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15084 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15085 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15087 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15088 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15089 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15091 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15092 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15093 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15094 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15095 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15096 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15097 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15098 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15099 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15101 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15102 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15103 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15104 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15105 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15106 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15107 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15108 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15110 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15111 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15112 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15114 - COMMENTS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15115 `--' puts a single comment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15116 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15117 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15118 comment in between.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15119 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15120 following lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15121 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15122 uncomments a region if already commented out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15124 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15125 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15126 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15127 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15128 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15129 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15130 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15131 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15132 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15133 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15134 multi-line comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15136 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15137 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15138 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15139 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15140 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15141 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15142 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15143 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15144 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15146 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15147 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15148 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15149 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15150 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15151 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15152 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15153 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15154 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15155 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15157 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15158 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15159 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15160 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15161 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15162 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15163 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15164 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15165 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15166 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15167 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15168 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15169 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15171 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15173 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15174 menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15176 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15178 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15179 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15180 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15181 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15182 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15184 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15185 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15186 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15187 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15188 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15189 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15190 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15191 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15192 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15194 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15195 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15196 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15197 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15198 specified.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15200 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15201 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15202 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15203 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15204 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15205 the current directory for VHDL source files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15207 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15208 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15209 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15210 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15211 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15212 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15213 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15214 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15215 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15216 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15217 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15219 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15220 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15221 Math Packages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15223 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15224 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15225 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15226 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15227 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15228 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15229 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15230 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15232 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15233 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15234 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15235 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15236 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15237 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15239 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15240 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15241 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15242 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15243 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15245 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15246 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15247 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15248 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15249 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15251 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15252 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15253 highlighted if written in lower case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15255 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15256 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15257 is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15258
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15259 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15260 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15261 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15263 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15264 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15265 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15267 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15268 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15269 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15271 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15272 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15273 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15274 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15275 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15276 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15277 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15279 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15280 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15281 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15282 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15283 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15285 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15286 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15287 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15288 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15290 - HINTS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15291 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15294 Maintenance:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15295 ------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15297 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15298 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15300 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15302 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15303 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15304 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15305 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15307 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15308 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15309 version and release notes can be found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15312 Bugs and Limitations:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15313 ---------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15315 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15316 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15317 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15318 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15319 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15320 does not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15323 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15324 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15326 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15327 -------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15329 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15331 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15332
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15333 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15334 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15336 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15337 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15338 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15339 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15341 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15342 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15343 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15344 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15345 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15347 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15348 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15350 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15352 * Limitations and unsupported features
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15353 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15354 not supported.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15355 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15356 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15358 * Modifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15359 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15360 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15361 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15362 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15363 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15364 for undoing a repeated change command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15365 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15366 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15367 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15369 * Extensions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15370 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15371 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15372 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15373 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15374 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15375 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15376 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15377 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15379 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15381 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15383 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15384 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15385 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15386 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (14623 45992))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15387 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15389 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15390 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15392 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15393 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15394 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15395 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15397 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15398 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15400 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15401 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15402 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15403 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15405 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15406 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15408 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15410 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15412 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15414 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15415 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
15416 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14550
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
15417 ;;;;;; 6934))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15418 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15420 (defvar view-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15421 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15422 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15423 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15425 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15427 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15428 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15429 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15430 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15431 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15432 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15433 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15435 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15437 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15438 View FILE in View mode in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15439 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15440 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15441 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15442 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15443 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15444 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15446 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15448 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15449 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15450 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15451 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15452 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15453 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15454 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15455 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15457 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15459 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15460 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15461 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15462 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15463 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15464 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15465 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15467 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15469 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15470 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15471 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15473 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15474 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15475 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15476 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15477 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15478 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15479 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15480 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15482 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15483
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15484 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15485 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15486 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15488 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15489 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15490 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15491 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15492 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15493 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15494 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15495 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15497 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15499 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15500 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15501 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15503 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15504 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15505 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15507 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15508 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15509 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15510 read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15511 \\<view-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15512 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15513 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15514 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15515 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15516 commands default to a repeat count of one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15518 H, h, ? This message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15519 Digits provide prefix arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15520 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15521 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15522 > move to the end of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15523 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15524 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15525 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15526 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15527 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15528 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15529 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15530 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15531 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15532 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15533 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15534 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15535 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15536 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15537 Use this to view a changing file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15538 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15539 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15540 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15541 . set the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15542 x exchanges point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15543 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15544 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15545 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15546 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15547 ' go to position saved in character register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15548 s do forward incremental search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15549 r do reverse incremental search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15550 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15551 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15552 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15553 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15554 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15555 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15556 p searches backward for last regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15557 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15558 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15559 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15560 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15561 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15562 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15563 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15564 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15566 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15567 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15568 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15569 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15570 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15571 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15572 will return to that buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15574 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15576 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15577 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15578 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15579 `view-return-to-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15580 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15581 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15582 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15584 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15585 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15586 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15587 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15588 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15589 1) nil Do nothing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15590 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15591 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15592 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15593 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15595 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15597 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15599 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15600 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15602 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15603
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15604 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15605 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15607 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15608 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15610 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15612 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15613 ;;;;;; (14522 27540))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15614 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15616 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15617 Toggle Viper on/off.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15618 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15620 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15621 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15623 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15624
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
15625 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14223 54012))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
15626 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15628 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15629 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15631 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15632 hotlist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15634 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15635 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15636
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15637 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15639 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15640 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15641 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15643 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15644 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15645 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15646 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15648 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15650 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15652 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15654 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15655 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15656 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15657 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15659 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15660 and off otherwise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15662 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15663
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15664 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15665 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15666 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14495 17999))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15667 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15668
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15669 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15670 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15671
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15672 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15673 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15674 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15675 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15676 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15677
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15678 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15679 and:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15680 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15681 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15682
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15683 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15684 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15685
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15686 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15687 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15688
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15689 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15690 whitespace problems." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15691
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15692 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15693 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15694
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15695 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15696 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15697
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15698 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15699 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15700
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15701 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15702 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15703 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15704 replaced with TABS).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15705 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15706 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15707
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15708 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15709
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15710 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15711 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15712
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15713 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15714 i - Indentation whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15715 l - Leading whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15716 s - Space followed by Tab.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15717 t - Trailing whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15718
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15719 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15720 !<y>.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15721
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15722 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15723 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15724 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15725 always they default to 8.)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15726
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15727 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15728 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15729 even print it.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15730
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15731 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15732 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15733 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15734 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15735 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15736 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15737 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15738 to set smarttab.)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15739
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15740 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15741 merge problems.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15742
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15743 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15744 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15745 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15746
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15747 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15748
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15749 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15750 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15751 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15753 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15754 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15756 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15757 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15759 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15760 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15762 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15763 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15764 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15766 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15768 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15769 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14606 42158))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15770 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15772 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15773 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15774 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15776 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15777 Create widget of TYPE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15778 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15780 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15781 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15783 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15784
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15785 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15786 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14485
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15787 ;;;;;; 64331))
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15788 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15789
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15790 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15791 Select the window to the left of the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15792 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15793 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15794 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15795 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15796 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15797
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15798 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15799 Select the window above the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15800 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15801 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15802 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15803 negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15804 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15805
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15806 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15807 Select the window to the right of the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15808 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15809 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15810 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15811 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15812 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15813
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15814 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15815 Select the window below the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15816 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15817 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15818 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15819 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15820 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15821
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15822 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15823 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15824
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15825 ;;;***
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15826
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15827 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15828 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15829 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15830
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15831 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15832 Toggle winner-mode.
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15833 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15834 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15835
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15836 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15837
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15838 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15839
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15840 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15841 Toggle Winner mode.
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15842 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15843
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15844 ;;;***
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
15845
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15846 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15847 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (14614 53233))
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15848 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15849
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15850 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15851 Browse a UN*X man page for TOPIC WithOut using a `man' program.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15852 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15853 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15854 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15855 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15856 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15857 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15858
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15859 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if they are given then
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15860 the argument TOPIC should be a topic string and the RE-CACHE may be
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15861 non-nil to force re-caching." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15862
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15863 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15864 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15865
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15866 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15867 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15868 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15869 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15870 of existing WoMan buffers formatted earlier.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15871 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15872 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15873 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15874
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15875 ;;;***
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15876
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15877 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15878 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15879 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15880
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15881 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15882 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15884 BUGS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15885 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15886 are not implemented
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15887 - Options for search and replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15888 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15889 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15891 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15892 Emacs-like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15894 The key bindings are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15896 C-a backward-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15897 C-b fill-paragraph
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15898 C-c scroll-up-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15899 C-d forward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15900 C-e previous-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15901 C-f forward-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15902 C-g delete-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15903 C-h backward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15904 C-i indent-for-tab-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15905 C-j help-for-help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15906 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15907 C-l ws-repeat-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15908 C-n open-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15909 C-p quoted-insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15910 C-r scroll-down-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15911 C-s backward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15912 C-t kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15913 C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15914 C-v overwrite-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15915 C-w scroll-down
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15916 C-x next-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15917 C-y kill-complete-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15918 C-z scroll-up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15920 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15921 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15922 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15923 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15924 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15925 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15926 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15927 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15928 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15929 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15930 C-k b ws-begin-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15931 C-k c ws-copy-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15932 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15933 C-k f find-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15934 C-k h ws-show-markers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15935 C-k i ws-indent-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15936 C-k k ws-end-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15937 C-k p ws-print-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15938 C-k q kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15939 C-k r insert-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15940 C-k s save-some-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15941 C-k t ws-mark-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15942 C-k u ws-exdent-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15943 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15944 C-k v ws-move-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15945 C-k w ws-write-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15946 C-k x kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15947 C-k y ws-delete-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15949 C-o c wordstar-center-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15950 C-o b switch-to-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15951 C-o j justify-current-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15952 C-o k kill-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15953 C-o l list-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15954 C-o m auto-fill-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15955 C-o r set-fill-column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15956 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15957 C-o wd delete-other-windows
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15958 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15959 C-o wo other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15960 C-o wv split-window-vertically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15962 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15963 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15964 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15965 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15966 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15967 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15968 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15969 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15970 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15971 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15972 C-q a ws-query-replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15973 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15974 C-q c end-of-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15975 C-q d end-of-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15976 C-q f ws-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15977 C-q k ws-to-block-end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15978 C-q l ws-undo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15979 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15980 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15981 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15982 C-q w ws-last-error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15983 C-q y ws-kill-eol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15984 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15985 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15987 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15988
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15989 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15990 ;;;;;; 149))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15991 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15993 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15994 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15995 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15997 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15999 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16001 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16002 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16003 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16005 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16006 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16008 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16009 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16011 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16012 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16013 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16015 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16016 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16018 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16019
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16020 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
16021 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (13674 20513))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
16022 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16024 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16025 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16026
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16027 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16028 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16029
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16030 Zone-mode does two things:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16031
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16032 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16033 when saving the file
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16034
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16035 - fontification" t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16037 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16039 ;;; Local Variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16040 ;;; version-control: never
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16041 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16042 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16043 ;;; End:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16044 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here